Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,232 missions · 1,108 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1124Completed1108All2232
Machine LearningMarkov ChainReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonstationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism II: Per-Step Dynamic Regret of SWUCRL2-CW When the Widened Confidence Region Contains an MDP of Diameter at Most DResearch Paper

Why changing environments matter

A reinforcement-learning agent chooses actions while learning how those actions affect future states. In a stationary model, observations collected long ago remain relevant to the current transition law. In a nonstationary Markov decision process, rewards and transition probabilities may change at each round. Old observations can then bias an estimate even when the agent has collected many samples. The challenge is to keep learning from recent observations without becoming blind to actions that the agent has not tried recently. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu study this tension for finite-state average-reward learning and introduce confidence widening in their SWUCRL2-CW algorithm Cheung et al., §4.

The paper's broad regret theorems suppress constants inside asymptotic notation. Proposition 2 gives an explicit one-round inequality that exposes the roles of estimation error, temporal variation, confidence widening, and the diameter of a plausible transition model. This mission targets that proposition and the stated auxiliary results used around it Cheung et al., pp. 14, 38–41.

The finite changing MDP

Let S\mathcal SS be a finite state set. Each state sss has a nonempty finite set As\mathcal A_sAs​ of permitted actions. At round ttt, taking action a∈Asa\in\mathcal A_sa∈As​ in state sss gives expected reward rt(s,a)∈[0,1]r_t(s,a)\in[0,1]rt​(s,a)∈[0,1] and moves to state s′s's′ with probability pt(s′∣s,a)p_t(s'\mid s,a)pt​(s′∣s,a). The one-step variation Br,tB_{r,t}Br,t​ is the greatest change ∣rt+1(s,a)−rt(s,a)∣|r_{t+1}(s,a)-r_t(s,a)|∣rt+1​(s,a)−rt​(s,a)∣ over permitted pairs; Bp,tB_{p,t}Bp,t​ is the corresponding greatest ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distance between transition rows. These definitions make no stationarity assumption Cheung et al., pp. 6, 33.

At the start τ(m)\tau(m)τ(m) of an episode, the algorithm counts visits to each pair in a recent window of length WWW. It divides empirical sums by N+=max⁡{1,N}N^+=\max\{1,N\}N+=max{1,N}, where NNN is the visit count. Thus an unvisited pair has estimated reward and transition vector equal to zero. Reward confidence sets lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; transition confidence sets lie in the probability simplex and use an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ radius enlarged by a nonnegative parameter η\etaη. Write rad⁡r,τ(m)(s,a)\operatorname{rad}_{r,\tau(m)}(s,a)radr,τ(m)​(s,a) and rad⁡p,τ(m)(s,a)\operatorname{rad}_{p,\tau(m)}(s,a)radp,τ(m)​(s,a) for their respective radii. The algorithm chooses a stationary policy π~τ(m)\tilde\pi_{\tau(m)}π~τ(m)​ and an optimistic model, gain ρ~τ(m)\tilde\rho_{\tau(m)}ρ~​τ(m)​, and bias γ~τ(m)\tilde\gamma_{\tau(m)}γ~​τ(m)​ from extended value iteration Cheung et al., pp. 11–13.

The diameter of a transition model is the largest, over ordered source and target states, of the smallest expected number of transitions needed to reach the target under a stationary policy. Source equal to target means a return time after at least one transition. The round-ttt optimal gain ρt∗\rho_t^*ρt∗​ is the value of the stationary occupancy-measure linear program for (rt,pt)(r_t,p_t)(rt​,pt​) with only permitted actions. From the window's first round through the round before ttt, let var⁡r,t\operatorname{var}_{r,t}varr,t​ and var⁡p,t\operatorname{var}_{p,t}varp,t​ be the sums of the corresponding one-step variations Cheung et al., pp. 8, 14, 33.

Formalization targets

The main target is Proposition 2. Condition on the local reward and transition estimation events at τ(m)\tau(m)τ(m). Assume that the widened transition confidence sets contain every permitted row of an MDP of diameter at most DDD. For a round in which at=π~τ(m)(st)a_t=\tilde\pi_{\tau(m)}(s_t)at​=π~τ(m)​(st​), the target is

ρt∗−rt(st,at)≤∑s′pt(s′∣st,at)γ~τ(m)(s′)−γ~τ(m)(st)+1τ(m)+2var⁡r,t+4D(var⁡p,t+η)+2rad⁡r,τ(m)(st,at)+4Drad⁡p,τ(m)(st,at).\begin{aligned} \rho_t^*-r_t(s_t,a_t)\le{}&\sum_{s'}p_t(s'\mid s_t,a_t)\tilde\gamma_{\tau(m)}(s')-\tilde\gamma_{\tau(m)}(s_t)+\frac1{\sqrt{\tau(m)}}\\ &+2\operatorname{var}_{r,t}+4D(\operatorname{var}_{p,t}+\eta)\\ &+2\operatorname{rad}_{r,\tau(m)}(s_t,a_t)+4D\operatorname{rad}_{p,\tau(m)}(s_t,a_t). \end{aligned}ρt∗​−rt​(st​,at​)≤​s′∑​pt​(s′∣st​,at​)γ~​τ(m)​(s′)−γ~​τ(m)​(st​)+τ(m)​1​+2varr,t​+4D(varp,t​+η)+2radr,τ(m)​(st​,at​)+4Dradp,τ(m)​(st​,at​).​

The five milestones are the paper's Lemmas 2–5 and displayed inequality (32): a dual-bias span bound, a drift estimate for window averages, bounded optimistic bias, optimism under drift, and a transition-value error bound. Their exact constants are part of the targets Cheung et al., pp. 33, 38–39.

What the result supplies

Proposition 2 separates the per-round change in optimal gain from the cost of the current action. Its first term tracks changes in the optimistic bias along transitions; the other terms identify window drift, reward and transition estimation, and widening. This decomposition can be summed across episodes when analyzing the algorithm. The result has a concrete role even though the later horizon-wide theorem is given in asymptotic notation Cheung et al., pp. 14, 41.

The paper proves these claims mathematically. The mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the explicit statements and for reusable definitions of finite nonstationary MDP variation, window estimators, confidence sets, occupancy gain, and hitting-time diameter. The source's Theorems 1–4 are not posed here: their displayed bounds hide constants in O~(⋅)\widetilde O(\cdot)O(⋅) and, in one case, use an unspecified O(δ)O(\delta)O(δ) failure probability Cheung et al., pp. 14–25. This proposal supplies statements for solvers; it does not claim that these new statements already have machine-checked proofs.

Where the difficulty lies

The current model need not resemble the model that generated every observation in the window. A direct stationary confidence argument cannot control the resulting temporal error. The challenge is especially visible at a pair with no recent visits: its comparison transition vector is zero, although a genuine transition row has total mass one. The paper's Lemma 3, read literally for every pair, fails in that case. The mission states its positive-count condition explicitly while keeping the proposition and the later optimism and transition milestones valid at unvisited pairs Cheung et al., pp. 12, 38–40.

There is a separate issue with the printed dual-bias lemma. Feasibility alone permits an arbitrarily large dual gain and does not force the asserted 2D2D2D span bound. The mission adds ρ≤2\rho\le2ρ≤2 to Lemma 2 and records the change for audit. The EVI output is represented by its selected-model membership, bias normalization, optimism, and near-optimality properties; this is the contract stated for the algorithm's output, rather than a formal execution of extended value iteration Cheung et al., pp. 13, 33, 35–36.

Formalization scope

States and ambient actions are Fin S and Fin A; permitted actions are state-dependent finite subsets. The setup has S>1S>1S>1, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1, η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0, and a nonempty action set at each state. Time is zero-based in Lean, while the paper's rounds are one-based; in particular its 1/τ(m)1/\sqrt{\tau(m)}1/τ(m)​ is represented by 1/τm+11/\sqrt{\tau_m+1}1/τm​+1​. Counts and confidence sets are evaluated at the episode start. Variations continue up to the target round. The estimation events are assumed at the episode start, which is the only time used by these statements.

Hitting times and diameter take values in extended nonnegative reals, so an unreachable target does not acquire a false finite diameter. The diameter includes return times and minimizes over deterministic stationary policies. The confidence-radius product SASASA counts actual permitted pairs. At an unvisited pair, the comparison averages remain zero and N+=1N^+=1N+=1; the large confidence radii under the stated bounds are essential. The local transition event uses the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ error condition: literal membership of the zero comparison vector in a simplex would make the paper's event fail. The printed coordinatewise maxima in Property 1 imply the standard joint-distribution optimism condition used here. The free (s,a)(s,a)(s,a) printed in the last radius of Proposition 2 means (st,at)(s_t,a_t)(st​,at​), as the proof's context confirms Cheung et al., pp. 12, 14, 36, 40–41.

Two milestones carry a pinned hypothesis because the printed statement is false without it: Lemma 2 assumes the dual gain satisfies ρ≤2\rho\le 2ρ≤2 (an arbitrary feasible ρ\rhoρ can make the bias span exceed 2D2D2D), and Lemma 3 assumes the pair was visited in the episode-start window (at an unvisited pair the comparison averages are zero). Proposition 2 is stated for every round t≥τ(m)t\ge\tau(m)t≥τ(m) before the horizon at which the action is the episode policy's choice, which covers the rounds of episode mmm; the coefficient 4D4D4D of η\etaη is kept as printed.

The witness MDP has genuine probability rows in the widened sets and a diameter bound. The EVI tuple obeys both stated properties, and the chosen action obeys its policy. These conditions prevent an unconstrained bias, a spurious zero diameter, a confidence event at the wrong time, or a reward bound for an unrelated action. The published FiniteMDPLearning model supplies probability rows and rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; its different travel-time convention is not substituted for the paper's diameter. Contributions to the MDP linear program, finite-state hitting times, window-average inequalities, and confidence-region geometry are all useful beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. C. Cheung, D. Simchi-Levi and R. Zhu, Non-Stationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism, arXiv:1906.02922v4, 2020; published as Nonstationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism, Management Science, 2023. Preprint; journal DOI.
  • T. Jaksch, R. Ortner and P. Auer, Near-optimal regret bounds for reinforcement learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010. Article.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Output-Oriented Agricultural Subsidy Design I: Under a Combined Subsidy, More Dispersed Farmer Productivity Gives More Dispersed Outputs and ProfitsResearch Paper

Why the distribution of subsidies matters

Agricultural subsidies can raise total crop supply while changing which farmers produce it. A payment tied to planted input gives a larger reward per unit of harvested output to a farmer who needs more input for that output. A payment tied to harvested output gives the same reward per unit of output to every farmer. These differences matter when a government cares about the distribution of production and income across farms as well as total supply. Fan et al. (2023) study these effects in a finite market where farmers choose quantities and compete through a common market price.

This mission isolates the paper's distribution result for a combined subsidy, which pays on both planted input and harvested output. It asks how a difference in the dispersion of farmers' input-to-output ratios between two otherwise identical markets affects their equilibrium output and profit. The result is Proposition 4 of the SSRN version. The paper proves it in Online Appendix A, p. 4. The result is mathematically stated and proved in the paper; the machine-checked formalization of its statement and proof is the work here.

Market and order

There are N≥1N\ge1N≥1 farmers, indexed in the paper by j=1,…,Nj=1,\ldots,Nj=1,…,N. Farmer jjj must plant zjqjz_jq_jzj​qj​ units of input to harvest qjq_jqj​ units of output. Thus zj>0z_j>0zj​>0 is an input-to-output ratio; a smaller ratio means more output per unit of input. The ratios are listed in nondecreasing order. Planting costs cPc_PcP​ per unit of input, harvesting costs cHc_HcH​ per unit of output, and total harvested output is Q=∑jqjQ=\sum_jq_jQ=∑j​qj​. The market-clearing price is p=α−βQp=\alpha-\beta Qp=α−βQ, where α,β>0\alpha,\beta>0α,β>0.

Under a combined subsidy (sP,sH)(s_P,s_H)(sP​,sH​), farmer jjj receives zjsP+sHz_js_P+s_Hzj​sP​+sH​ per unit of output. The first part is payment for planted input and the second for harvested output. A farmer choosing qj≥0q_j\ge0qj​≥0 while the other farmers' outputs stay fixed has profit

πj(q,sP,sH)=(α−zj(cP−sP)−(cH−sH)−β∑iqi)qj.\pi_j(q,s_P,s_H)=\left(\alpha-z_j(c_P-s_P)-(c_H-s_H)-\beta\sum_iq_i\right)q_j.πj​(q,sP​,sH​)=(α−zj​(cP​−sP​)−(cH​−sH​)−βi∑​qi​)qj​.

An equilibrium is a nonnegative output vector at which no farmer gains by changing its own nonnegative output. Costs and subsidies are real-valued: the paper permits a subsidy larger than its associated cost and also permits a negative subsidy, or tax. The formulas in this mission concern equilibria at which every farmer produces a positive quantity.

To compare dispersion, let Tk(u)T_k(u)Tk​(u) be the sum of the kkk largest entries of a vector uuu. A vector uuu majorizes vvv, written u≥mvu\ge^m vu≥mv, when Tk(u)≥Tk(v)T_k(u)\ge T_k(v)Tk​(u)≥Tk​(v) for every k=1,…,Nk=1,\ldots,Nk=1,…,N and their total sums agree. The weak sub-majorization relation u≥wmvu\ge_{wm}vu≥wm​v keeps the top-sum inequalities and drops equal totals. With this direction, u≥mvu\ge^m vu≥mv says that uuu is more dispersed. These are the orders of Definition 1 in Fan et al..

Formalization targets

Active combined-subsidy equilibrium

The first milestone formalizes Proposition 3's active branch. Write zˉ=N−1∑jzj\bar z=N^{-1}\sum_jz_jzˉ=N−1∑j​zj​ and aˉ(sP,sH)=α−zˉ(cP−sP)−(cH−sH)\bar a(s_P,s_H)=\alpha-\bar z(c_P-s_P)-(c_H-s_H)aˉ(sP​,sH​)=α−zˉ(cP​−sP​)−(cH​−sH​). At an equilibrium with every farmer active, it states

qj=1β(aˉ(sP,sH)N+1−(zj−zˉ)(cP−sP)),πj=βqj2.q_j=\frac1\beta\left(\frac{\bar a(s_P,s_H)}{N+1}-(z_j-\bar z)(c_P-s_P)\right),\qquad \pi_j=\beta q_j^2.qj​=β1​(N+1aˉ(sP​,sH​)​−(zj​−zˉ)(cP​−sP​)),πj​=βqj2​.

The remaining milestones formalize the increment identities written in the proof of Corollary 1 and the two order properties invoked in the proof of Proposition 2: majorization under an affine map, and weak sub-majorization under an increasing convex map. These are the results used to interpret the change in each farmer's output and profit when a subsidy changes.

Proposition 4: productivity dispersion

Consider markets AAA and BBB with the same N,α,β,cP,cHN,\alpha,\beta,c_P,c_HN,α,β,cP​,cH​, but with ratio vectors zA≥mzBz_A\ge^m z_BzA​≥mzB​. Give them the same subsidy (sP,sH)(s_P,s_H)(sP​,sH​) and let δ>0\delta>0δ>0. For a vector of equilibrium outputs, ΔsPq\Delta_{s_P}qΔsP​​q is the difference between outputs at (sP+δ,sH)(s_P+\delta,s_H)(sP​+δ,sH​) and (sP,sH)(s_P,s_H)(sP​,sH​); ΔsHq\Delta_{s_H}qΔsH​​q is defined using (sP,sH+δ)(s_P,s_H+\delta)(sP​,sH​+δ). Profit increments use the corresponding profits at those equilibria. Proposition 4 asserts

qA≥mqB,ΔsPqA≥mΔsPqB,ΔsHqA=mΔsHqB,q_A\ge^m q_B,\quad \Delta_{s_P}q_A\ge^m\Delta_{s_P}q_B,\quad \Delta_{s_H}q_A=^m\Delta_{s_H}q_B,qA​≥mqB​,ΔsP​​qA​≥mΔsP​​qB​,ΔsH​​qA​=mΔsH​​qB​, πA≥wmπB,ΔsHπA≥mΔsHπB.\pi_A\ge_{wm}\pi_B,\quad \Delta_{s_H}\pi_A\ge^m\Delta_{s_H}\pi_B.πA​≥wm​πB​,ΔsH​​πA​≥mΔsH​​πB​.

The equality =m=^m=m means majorization in both directions. These comparisons form one goal theorem so every part of Proposition 4 remains present. Proposition 4, p. 13 is the source for the target.

What the result supplies

The first output comparison says that greater dispersion in input-to-output ratios leads to greater dispersion in equilibrium production under the same combined subsidy, while the total output stays equal. The increment comparisons identify which changes preserve or distinguish that dispersion when planting and harvesting payments increase. The profit statements give the corresponding order for farmer earnings. They make the distributional effect of a subsidy explicit rather than reducing it to a claim about aggregate crop supply.

A formal development supplies reusable definitions for finite majorization, this Cournot market, and best-response equilibrium. It also separates the paper's claimed order relations from the algebraic equilibrium formula. Proofs of the paper's known results remain to be checked in Lean. The mission makes no claim that Proposition 4 is an open research problem.

Why the comparison is delicate

Directly comparing farmer jjj in the two markets cannot establish majorization: the order compares sums of the largest coordinates, which need not belong to the same farmers in each market. The sign of cP−sPc_P-s_PcP​−sP​ can change because planting payments are unrestricted, so the ordering of farmers by output can reverse. Profit is quadratic in output, and the profit comparison is weak sub-majorization rather than equality of totals. Subsidy increments introduce additional equilibria; an increase in the planting payment can also alter which farmers are active. These features must be accounted for in a statement that retains every clause of Proposition 4.

Formalization scope

Lean represents the paper's NNN farmers by Fin N, so paper farmer jjj has Lean index j−1j-1j−1. The shared parameter record contains α,β,cP,cH\alpha,\beta,c_P,c_Hα,β,cP​,cH​; each market supplies its own sorted vector zzz. A standing predicate records N>0N>0N>0, α,β>0\alpha,\beta>0α,β>0, the ordering of zzz, and zj>0z_j>0zj​>0. The positive-ratio condition makes explicit that each ratio is formed from positive physical quantities. The two markets have the same parameter record, and no sign restriction is imposed on costs or subsidies.

The combined payment is a per-unit-output vector tj=zjsP+sHt_j=z_js_P+s_Htj​=zj​sP​+sH​. Equilibrium is a best-response condition over nonnegative output, not a definition by Proposition 3's formula. The top-sum order uses all subsets of kkk farmers, with equal total sums required for majorization. Averages range over all NNN farmers because the theorems work in the all-active regime. This rules out treating a formula-defined output vector or a weakened order as the market result.

The goal explicitly assumes positive output at the baseline and at both shifted subsidies. Positivity at the planting-shifted subsidy is needed for the paper's fixed-active-set increment formula but is unstated in Proposition 4. Positivity at the harvesting-shifted subsidy is implied by this market model; it is kept explicit without assuming an equilibrium-uniqueness theorem. The supporting increment milestone also includes an active equilibrium at the midpoint harvesting subsidy. The majorization lemmas can be reused for other finite-vector models, and the equilibrium characterization can support later analyses of this paper's subsidy programs.

Selected references

  • T. Fan, Q. Feng, Y. Li, J. G. Shanthikumar, and Y. Wu, Output-Oriented Agricultural Subsidy Design, SSRN preprint 4378693, version of March 18, 2023; forthcoming in Management Science. SSRN copy, journal DOI.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationMarkov ChainReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonstationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism I: No Policy Earns More Than the Sum of Per-Step Optimal Gains Plus 4(D_max+1)√((B_r+2D_max B_p)T)Research Paper

Motivation

Reinforcement learning in a changing environment needs a benchmark that remains meaningful when the transition law and rewards vary from round to round. For a stationary Markov decision process (MDP), the optimal long-run average reward is a standard benchmark. In a nonstationary MDP, summing those stationary optima across rounds is convenient, but it need not equal the best expected reward achievable over the whole horizon: today's action changes tomorrow's state. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu use Proposition 1 to quantify this gap in their analysis of nonstationary reinforcement learning (preprint, pp. 7–8). This mission formalizes that proposition and the explicit estimates in its proof.

The paper develops algorithms for MDPs with drifting rewards and transitions. Its oracle comparison is useful before any algorithm is chosen: it relates a sum of local, stationary benchmarks to the reward of every non-anticipatory policy, including policies that adapt to the observed trajectory. This separates a property of the environment from the performance of a learning rule. The paper was published in Management Science in 2023; this mission follows the numbered statements and pages of the authors' pinned arXiv preprint (Cheung et al., 2020, pp. 6–8).

Setting

A finite nonstationary MDP has a finite state set S\mathcal SS, a nonempty available-action set As\mathcal A_sAs​ at each state sss, and a horizon of TTT rounds. At round ttt, taking action a∈Asa\in\mathcal A_sa∈As​ in state sss gives a stochastic reward with mean rt(s,a)∈[0,1]r_t(s,a)\in[0,1]rt​(s,a)∈[0,1] and moves to a new state according to the probability distribution pt(⋅∣s,a)p_t(\cdot\mid s,a)pt​(⋅∣s,a). A non-anticipatory policy selects an allowed action using the current state and observations from previous rounds. The target concerns expected sums of the mean rewards, so the distributional shape of the reward noise does not enter its formula (preprint, §2.2, pp. 6–7).

The one-step reward variation Br,tB_{r,t}Br,t​ is the largest value of ∣rt+1(s,a)−rt(s,a)∣|r_{t+1}(s,a)-r_t(s,a)|∣rt+1​(s,a)−rt​(s,a)∣ over allowed state–action pairs. The transition variation Bp,tB_{p,t}Bp,t​ is the largest ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distance between the corresponding transition distributions. Their variation budgets are Br=∑t=1T−1Br,tB_r=\sum_{t=1}^{T-1}B_{r,t}Br​=∑t=1T−1​Br,t​ and Bp=∑t=1T−1Bp,tB_p=\sum_{t=1}^{T-1}B_{p,t}Bp​=∑t=1T−1​Bp,t​, exactly as in equation (1). The budgets are computed from the MDP sequence; they are not independent inputs to the theorem (preprint, p. 6, (1)).

For the stationary MDP at round ttt, ρt∗\rho_t^*ρt∗​ is its optimal long-run average reward. The mission represents it as the optimum of the paper's occupancy linear program (15), whose variables are nonnegative state–action occupancies, satisfy flow balance, and sum to one. A diameter DtD_tDt​ bounds the least expected hitting time between any two states under an allowed stationary policy. The paper's Definition 1 includes equal initial and target states, so this includes a return time. Assumption 1 requires a finite diameter at every round; Dmax⁡D_{\max}Dmax​ is a common bound on those diameters (preprint, pp. 7–8, Definition 1 and Assumption 1; p. 33, (15)).

Formalization targets

Proposition 1: the oracle gap

Write B=Br+2Dmax⁡BpB=B_r+2D_{\max}B_pB=Br​+2Dmax​Bp​. For 0<B≤T0<B\le T0<B≤T and the necessary small-budget condition BT≥1BT\ge1BT≥1, the target is

∑t=1Tρt∗≥EΠ ⁣[∑t=1Trt(st,at)]−4(Dmax⁡+1)BT\sum_{t=1}^{T}\rho_t^*\ge \mathbb E^{\Pi}\!\left[\sum_{t=1}^{T}r_t(s_t,a_t)\right] -4(D_{\max}+1)\sqrt{BT}t=1∑T​ρt∗​≥EΠ[t=1∑T​rt​(st​,at​)]−4(Dmax​+1)BT​

for every initial state and every allowed non-anticipatory policy Π\PiΠ. Quantifying over every policy expresses the paper's maximum over policies without introducing a supremum over an unbounded real-valued function space. The first five targets follow Appendix A.2: a bounded optimal dual potential, the gain-drift inequality (18), the pathwise dual inequality (19), the window inequality (23), and the full-horizon inequality (24). Their constants and index ranges are part of the targets (preprint, pp. 8, 33–34).

Significance

The result gives a finite-horizon comparison between two different benchmarks. The sum of stationary gains is additive over time, while the best expected cumulative reward accounts for how actions alter later states. Proposition 1 says that their difference is controlled by variation and diameter under its hypotheses. This is the paper's justification for using the additive oracle in its dynamic-regret definition; the authors note that the later algorithmic bounds are larger than this comparison term (preprint, p. 8, text after Proposition 1).

The mathematical result is already claimed in the paper. This mission asks for a machine-checked version with explicit finite-horizon distributions, the occupancy LP, the diameter convention, and the drift sums. The new Lean statements currently have placeholders for their proofs; the imported finite-MDP definitions are already published. A completed development would provide reusable code for time-dependent MDP trajectory laws and for comparing stationary LP values as a model drifts. It would also make the precise domain of the square-root bound reviewable independently of the algorithms in the remainder of the paper.

Difficulty

The stationary gain ρt∗\rho_t^*ρt∗​ is not a per-round reward guarantee. An action can collect reward now and put the process in a state whose future reward is poor, so summing stationary optima does not directly bound a nonstationary trajectory. Conversely, treating each round as an independent stationary experiment discards the state dependence that the policy exploits. The diameter controls the cost of that dependence, and variation controls changes between the stationary problems. The proof must connect these objects while preserving the exact factors 2Dmax⁡2D_{\max}2Dmax​, 2W2W2W, and 4TDmax⁡/W4TD_{\max}/W4TDmax​/W in Appendix A.2 (preprint, pp. 33–35).

There is also a small-budget obstruction in the printed Proposition 1. Its stated 0<B≤T0<B\le T0<B≤T permits BT<1BT<1BT<1, where the displayed inequality is false: a two-state, one-action example with a slowly returning state, T=2T=2T=2, and reward drift 10−1210^{-12}10−12 has an oracle sum near 2/112/112/11 while the proposed lower bound on that sum is near 111. The mission therefore adds BT≥1BT\ge1BT≥1 and records the difference from the page. Inequality (24), posed separately, retains the paper's every-integer-window form and needs no such pin.

Formalization scope

States and actions are Fin S and Fin A; available actions form a nonempty Finset at each state, and S>0S>0S>0. The imported FiniteMDPLearning structure supplies reward rows in [0,1][0,1][0,1] and transition probability rows. It has rows for actions unavailable at a particular state; all mathematical maxima, LP constraints, policy restrictions, and drift formulas use only allowed pairs. The source's time t∈{1,…,T}t\in\{1,\ldots,T\}t∈{1,…,T} is stored at Lean index t−1t-1t−1. No value of the MDP sequence after the horizon enters a stated budget or reward sum.

The occupancy LP has a nonempty bounded feasible-value set under the standing MDP assumptions; its real supremum denotes ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗. Hitting times and diameters use extended nonnegative reals to retain infinity, rather than silently converting an infinite hitting time to zero. The diameter includes same-state return times and minimizes over deterministic stationary policies; such policies attain the hitting-time minimum. The policy used for cumulative reward is a history-dependent randomized kernel on state–action histories. Conditioning an action rule that also observes past rewards on that history yields the same state–action trajectory law. The nonstationary measure samples the next state with the current round's transition law and is a probability measure.

The fixed Dmax⁡D_{\max}Dmax​ is constrained to bound every round's diameter; it is not an unrelated parameter. The stated BT≥1BT\ge1BT≥1 pin rules out the false small-budget case. In (23), the paper's last-window drift sum includes B⋅,TB_{\cdot,T}B⋅,T​, which equation (1) does not define; the formal sum retains all defined terms through T−1T-1T−1. The goal and milestones do not weaken ρt∗\rho_t^*ρt∗​, restrict the policy class to a convenient subclass, or omit a time step. Contributions on LP duality, finite-horizon trajectory expectations, hitting-time bounds, and drift inequalities are useful beyond this proposition. The paper's headline Theorems 1–4 are not posed here because their O~\widetilde OO notation hides constants (preprint, p. 6, §2.1).

Selected references

  • W. C. Cheung, D. Simchi-Levi and R. Zhu, Non-Stationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism, arXiv:1906.02922v4, 2020; published as Nonstationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism, Management Science, 2023. Preprint; published article.
  • T. Jaksch, R. Ortner and P. Auer, Near-Optimal Regret Bounds for Reinforcement Learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010. Article. The source paper cites its diameter and bias-span results in Definition 1 and Appendix A.1.
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. Book. The source paper cites it for the average-reward occupancy LP on p. 33.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems 6: Under LIFO Issuance with m ≥ 2 and S^NP > D̲ > 0 the Best Base-Stock Policy Is Not Asymptotically Optimal as θ → ∞Research Paper

Motivation

Blood platelets, fresh produce and many pharmaceuticals have a fixed lifetime: a unit not used within mmm periods of its arrival must be discarded. Optimal ordering for such products depends on the whole age profile of the stock, and the dynamic program that describes it has an (m−1)(m-1)(m−1)-dimensional state. It is intractable beyond small mmm (Nahmias, 1982; Nandakumar & Morton, 1993), so practice relies on base-stock policies, which raise the total stock to a fixed level SSS every period.

Bu, Gong and Chao (SSRN 3724966, accepted by Management Science, 2022) give the first performance guarantees for base-stock policies in this system. Under first-in-first-out (FIFO) issuance a heuristic base-stock level is asymptotically optimal in the lifetime, the demand population, the penalty cost and the outdating cost (missions 1–4 of this series). Under last-in-first-out (LIFO) issuance, which models a customer who picks the freshest unit from the shelf, a simple base-stock level is asymptotically optimal in the penalty cost and, when demand can be arbitrarily small, in the outdating cost (Theorem 5, mission 5). This mission formalizes the complementary negative result: when the demand is bounded away from zero, no base-stock policy is asymptotically optimal under LIFO as the outdating cost grows.

Setting

Demands D1,D2,…D_1, D_2, \dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. copies of a nonnegative random variable DDD with 0<E[D]<∞0 < \mathbb E[D] < \infty0<E[D]<∞ and distribution function FFF. The lower support is D‾=inf⁡{x:F(x)>0}\underline D = \inf\{x : F(x) > 0\}D​=inf{x:F(x)>0}, and the newsvendor level is SNP=F−1(p/(p+h))S^{NP} = F^{-1}(p/(p+h))SNP=F−1(p/(p+h)) with F−1(x)=inf⁡{y:F(y)≥x}F^{-1}(x) = \inf\{y : F(y) \ge x\}F−1(x)=inf{y:F(y)≥x}.

The product has lifetime m≥1m \ge 1m≥1. At the start of period ttt the state is xt=(xt,1,…,xt,m−1)x_t = (x_{t,1}, \dots, x_{t,m-1})xt​=(xt,1​,…,xt,m−1​), where xt,ix_{t,i}xt,i​ is the stock with remaining lifetime at most iii; the system starts empty. The firm orders qt≥0q_t \ge 0qt​≥0, which arrives at once, raising the total stock to xt,m=xt,m−1+qtx_{t,m} = x_{t,m-1} + q_txt,m​=xt,m−1​+qt​. Demand DtD_tDt​ is served youngest stock first, unmet demand is lost, and stock reaching the end of its lifetime outdates. Under LIFO the outdated amount and the next state are

ot=min⁡{(xt,m−Dt)+,xt,1},xt+1,i=min⁡{(xt,m−Dt)+,xt,i+1}−ot.o_t = \min\{(x_{t,m} - D_t)^+, x_{t,1}\}, \qquad x_{t+1,i} = \min\{(x_{t,m} - D_t)^+, x_{t,i+1}\} - o_t .ot​=min{(xt,m​−Dt​)+,xt,1​},xt+1,i​=min{(xt,m​−Dt​)+,xt,i+1​}−ot​.

Each period costs Ctπ=h(xt,m−Dt)++p(Dt−xt,m)++θotC^\pi_t = h(x_{t,m} - D_t)^+ + p(D_t - x_{t,m})^+ + \theta o_tCtπ​=h(xt,m​−Dt​)++p(Dt​−xt,m​)++θot​ with h,p>0h, p > 0h,p>0 and θ≥0\theta \ge 0θ≥0. A policy is admissible if its order in period ttt is a nonnegative measurable function of the current state. Its long-run average cost is Cπ=lim sup⁡T1T∑t=1TE[Ctπ]C^\pi = \limsup_T \frac1T \sum_{t=1}^T \mathbb E[C^\pi_t]Cπ=limsupT​T1​∑t=1T​E[Ctπ​], and OPTLIFO=inf⁡πCπ\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO} = \inf_\pi C^\piOPTLIFO=infπ​Cπ. The base-stock policy πS\pi_SπS​ orders (S−xt,m−1)+(S - x_{t,m-1})^+(S−xt,m−1​)+, with cost CLIFO(S)C^{LIFO}(S)CLIFO(S). The subscript θ\thetaθ marks the outdating cost; hhh, ppp, mmm and the demand law are fixed.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 17)

If m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 and SNP>D‾>0S^{NP} > \underline D > 0SNP>D​>0, then

lim⁡θ→∞(CθLIFO(SθLIFO,∗)−OPTθLIFO)>0,\lim_{\theta\to\infty}\big(C^{LIFO}_\theta(S^{LIFO,*}_\theta) - \mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}_\theta\big) > 0,θ→∞lim​(CθLIFO​(SθLIFO,∗​)−OPTθLIFO​)>0,

where CθLIFO(SθLIFO,∗)=inf⁡S≥0CθLIFO(S)C^{LIFO}_\theta(S^{LIFO,*}_\theta) = \inf_{S \ge 0} C^{LIFO}_\theta(S)CθLIFO​(SθLIFO,∗​)=infS≥0​CθLIFO​(S) is the best base-stock cost. The goal asserts that both costs are finite, and that the limit exists and is strictly positive.

Milestones (Appendix C.3, pp. ec8–ec9)

  1. Under m≥2m\ge2m≥2 and SNP>D‾>0S^{NP}>\underline D>0SNP>D​>0, lim⁡θ→∞min⁡S≥0C^L,θ(S)=p(E[D]−D‾)\lim_{\theta\to\infty} \min_{S\ge0} \hat C_{L,\theta}(S) = p(\mathbb E[D] - \underline D)limθ→∞​minS≥0​C^L,θ​(S)=p(E[D]−D​), where C^L(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θmE[(S−max⁡{D1,…,Dm})+]\hat C_L(S) = h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+] + p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+] + \frac{\theta}{m}\mathbb E[(S - \max\{D_1,\dots,D_m\})^+]C^L​(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+mθ​E[(S−max{D1​,…,Dm​})+] is the lower bound (11).
  2. Under the same hypotheses, lim⁡θ→∞Cθ(SθLIFO,∗)=p(E[D]−D‾)\lim_{\theta\to\infty} C_\theta(S^{LIFO,*}_\theta) = p(\mathbb E[D] - \underline D)limθ→∞​Cθ​(SθLIFO,∗​)=p(E[D]−D​).
  3. Under the same hypotheses, hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]≤p(E[D]−D‾)h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+] + p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+] \le p(\mathbb E[D] - \underline D)hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]≤p(E[D]−D​) for all S∈[D‾,min⁡{SNP,mD‾}]S \in [\underline D, \min\{S^{NP}, m\underline D\}]S∈[D​,min{SNP,mD​}].
  4. The policy that orders min⁡{SNP,mD‾}\min\{S^{NP}, m\underline D\}min{SNP,mD​} units in periods 1,m+1,2m+1,…1, m+1, 2m+1, \dots1,m+1,2m+1,… and uses base-stock level D‾\underline DD​ otherwise is admissible, and its long-run average cost is strictly less than p(E[D]−D‾)p(\mathbb E[D] - \underline D)p(E[D]−D​) and independent of θ\thetaθ.
  5. lim⁡θ→∞OPTθLIFO<p(E[D]−D‾)\lim_{\theta\to\infty} \mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}_\theta < p(\mathbb E[D] - \underline D)limθ→∞​OPTθLIFO​<p(E[D]−D​).

The proof also uses Lemma 3 (C^L≤CLIFO≤C^U\hat C_L \le C^{LIFO} \le \hat C_UC^L​≤CLIFO≤C^U​, p. 16) and inequality (EC.22) (p. ec8). Both are milestones of mission 5 of this series and are not restated here.

Significance

Proposition 1 marks the boundary of Theorem 5(c). Together they show that under LIFO, with a large outdating cost, base-stock policies are asymptotically optimal exactly in the trivial cases m=1m = 1m=1 or SNP≤D‾S^{NP} \le \underline DSNP≤D​, and when D‾=0\underline D = 0D​=0. In the remaining case some optimality gap persists however large θ\thetaθ is. Under FIFO the heuristic level is asymptotically optimal in θ\thetaθ without conditions (Theorem 4), so the result separates the two issuance rules: a manager facing fresh-first customers and costly waste should look beyond base-stock policies.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is machine-checked. A formal proof would give the first verified statement about the long-run cost of a perishable inventory system. It would also produce reusable pieces: the LIFO recursion, the base-stock cost under LIFO, and a time-dependent policy whose cost can be computed exactly.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares two limits. The limit of the best base-stock cost needs a lower bound valid for every base-stock level at once, and that bound must be uniform as θ\thetaθ changes. The lower bound C^L\hat C_LC^L​ of Lemma 3 controls the outdating only through E[(S−max⁡iDi)+]\mathbb E[(S - \max_i D_i)^+]E[(S−maxi​Di​)+], so the limit of its minimum has to be computed separately. The upper side cannot use a base-stock policy at all. It needs an explicit policy that is not stationary. That policy must be shown never to outdate along every demand path, and its periodic cost has to be bounded strictly below p(E[D]−D‾)p(\mathbb E[D]-\underline D)p(E[D]−D​). The strictness needs the facts that SNP>D‾S^{NP} > \underline DSNP>D​ and that mD‾>D‾m\underline D > \underline DmD​>D​, which is where m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 and D‾>0\underline D > 0D​>0 enter. A long-run average over a non-stationary policy is a lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of Cesàro means, and the step from per-period bounds to the average has to be made explicitly.

Formalization scope

  • Demand is the published CappedBaseStock.DemandLaw: a probability law on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite positive mean. The demand path carries the i.i.d. product law. The newsvendor cost hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+] + p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+] and SNPS^{NP}SNP are backorderCost and newsvendorLevel of the published LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder.
  • Time is zero-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1, and the cyclic policy's periods 1,m+1,…1, m+1, \dots1,m+1,… are Lean periods with t mod m=0t \bmod m = 0tmodm=0.
  • The state is a vector of cumulative levels Fin (m - 1) → ℝ with xt,0:=0x_{t,0} := 0xt,0​:=0, so m=1m = 1m=1 is allowed. Levels SSS range over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
  • Period costs are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals over the path law. CπC^\piCπ is the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of Cesàro averages.
  • Π\PiΠ is the paper's class: time-dependent, deterministic, measurable functions of the current state. OPTLIFO\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}OPTLIFO is the infimum over all of Π\PiΠ, not over base-stock policies.
  • C(S)C(S)C(S) is the simulated long-run average cost of πS\pi_SπS​, not a formula. The best base-stock cost is inf⁡S≥0C(S)\inf_{S\ge0} C(S)infS≥0​C(S), because existence of a minimizer under LIFO is not shown. "min" in milestone 1 is likewise an infimum of a nonnegative real function.
  • Limits in θ\thetaθ are along θ∈[0,∞)\theta \in [0,\infty)θ∈[0,∞) with the other parameters fixed. The goal subtracts real values only after asserting finiteness, so neither ∞−∞\infty - \infty∞−∞ nor a truncated subtraction can make it true. A formalization that fixes θ\thetaθ, sets m=1m = 1m=1, restricts OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT to base-stock policies or defines C(S)C(S)C(S) by the bound of Lemma 3 would trivialize or falsify the statement, and is ruled out.

The work needs a Cesàro-limit toolkit for [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued sequences, the LIFO sample-path recursion, and convexity facts for the newsvendor cost. Proofs of the milestones, and of the definitional sanity facts (πS∈Π\pi_S \in \PiπS​∈Π, C(S)<∞C(S) < \inftyC(S)<∞), are welcome.

Selected references

  • X. Bu, X. Gong, X. Chao, Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems, accepted manuscript, SSRN 3724966, 2022. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3724966 (version of record: Management Science, 2022, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4400).
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable inventory theory: a review, Operations Research 30(4), 680–708, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
  • P. Nandakumar, T. E. Morton, Near myopic heuristics for the fixed-life perishability problem, Management Science 39(12), 1490–1498, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.39.12.1490
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Personalized Pricing and Distribution Strategies II: With Personalized Pricing by the Manufacturer, Dual Distribution Is Optimal Iff β > β_PZ(α), and β_PU(α) > β_PP(α)Research Paper

Motivation

A manufacturer can sell directly to consumers and also supply an independent retailer. The retailer reaches consumers for whom its distribution service is more valuable, but its presence can also force the manufacturer to lower direct-channel prices. Jullien, Reisinger and Rey study when the additional sales justify dual distribution under different abilities to personalize retail prices (Jullien, Reisinger and Rey, 2023). This mission isolates their Proposition 4: the manufacturer can personalize its own prices, and the retailer may either personalize or charge one uniform price. The source used here is the authors' March 2022 manuscript; the formal claims follow its Proposition 4 and Online Appendix A.

The question matters for vertical channel design because a retailer's reach and the competition it creates pull industry profit in different directions. The manufacturer and retailer negotiate a wholesale contract before retail pricing. A fixed fee can divide their combined profit, so the distribution decision depends on whether both channels together earn more than the manufacturer's direct channel alone. The model makes that comparison exact for a continuum of consumers rather than treating the retailer's contribution as a general benefit (Jullien, Reisinger and Rey, 2023).

Setting

Consumers have types x∈[0,X]x\in[0,X]x∈[0,X], with one unit of consumer mass per unit of xxx. A monopoly manufacturer A offers a direct channel, and retailer B offers a differentiated service. Their consumer values are uA(x)=max⁡{1−x,0}u_A(x)=\max\{1-x,0\}uA​(x)=max{1−x,0} and uB(x)=max⁡{v−sx,0}u_B(x)=\max\{v-sx,0\}uB​(x)=max{v−sx,0}. The market parameters satisfy 0<s<v<10<s<v<10<s<v<1 and X≥v/sX\ge v/sX≥v/s. Thus both valuations fall as the consumer index rises, B's valuation falls more slowly, and the market extends beyond the last consumer with positive value for B. The two values cross at x^=(1−v)/(1−s)\hat x=(1-v)/(1-s)x^=(1−v)/(1−s), with common value u^=(v−s)/(1−s)\hat u=(v-s)/(1-s)u^=(v−s)/(1−s).

The channel contributions measure valuation advantages. A's contribution is α=∫0x^(uA(x)−uB(x)) dx\alpha=\int_0^{\hat x}(u_A(x)-u_B(x))\,dxα=∫0x^​(uA​(x)−uB​(x))dx; B's is β=∫x^X(uB(x)−uA(x)) dx\beta=\int_{\hat x}^{X}(u_B(x)-u_A(x))\,dxβ=∫x^X​(uB​(x)−uA​(x))dx. They are defined by the integrals. The closed forms in the Online Appendix, α=(1−v)2/[2(1−s)]\alpha=(1-v)^2/[2(1-s)]α=(1−v)2/[2(1−s)] and β=(v−s)2/[2s(1−s)]\beta=(v-s)^2/[2s(1-s)]β=(v−s)2/[2s(1−s)], are milestone results, not substitutions into the definitions.

The manufacturer can instead use mono distribution, selling only through A and charging each consumer the full direct-channel value. Its profit is ΠPm=∫0XuA(x) dx=1/2\Pi_P^m=\int_0^X u_A(x)\,dx=1/2ΠPm​=∫0X​uA​(x)dx=1/2. Under dual distribution, a two-part tariff has wholesale price w≥0w\ge0w≥0 and a fixed fee. The fee allocates the proceeds between firms; industry profit is the total price paid by consumers. Dual distribution is selected only when its industry profit strictly exceeds ΠPm\Pi_P^mΠPm​, as specified in the manuscript's footnote 17.

Two retail continuations are relevant. In PP, both firms personalize prices, and the manuscript selects the Bertrand equilibrium where the lower-valued offering prices at its opportunity cost. In PU, B first announces one price pBp_BpB​, and A then tailors its prices to consumer types. B chooses a globally profit-maximizing price after allowing for A's response. These rules determine each consumer's payment and hence industry profit; they are represented directly in the Lean definitions.

Formalization targets

The central target is Proposition 4. It asserts the existence of functions βPP\beta_{PP}βPP​ and βPU\beta_{PU}βPU​ of α\alphaα alone, valid uniformly across all admissible (v,s,X)(v,s,X)(v,s,X), with

dual distribution in PP  ⟺  β>βPP(α),dual distribution in PU  ⟺  β>βPU(α),βPP(α)<βPU(α).\text{dual distribution in PP}\iff\beta>\beta_{PP}(\alpha),\qquad \text{dual distribution in PU}\iff\beta>\beta_{PU}(\alpha),\qquad \beta_{PP}(\alpha)<\beta_{PU}(\alpha).dual distribution in PP⟺β>βPP​(α),dual distribution in PU⟺β>βPU​(α),βPP​(α)<βPU​(α).

The valuation-space milestones identify the underlying cutoffs v~(s)=s(2+1−s)/(1+s)\tilde v(s)=s(2+\sqrt{1-s})/(1+s)v~(s)=s(2+1−s​)/(1+s) in PP and vˇ(s)=s[2+(1−s)(2+5s+s2)/(1+2s)]/(1+s)\check v(s)=s[2+\sqrt{(1-s)(2+5s+s^2)/(1+2s)}]/(1+s)vˇ(s)=s[2+(1−s)(2+5s+s2)/(1+2s)​]/(1+s) in PU. They say dual distribution is strictly better exactly when vvv exceeds the respective cutoff. Other milestones give the mono benchmark, the formulas for α\alphaα and β\betaβ, the existence of the two contribution thresholds, and the strict ordering v~(s)<vˇ(s)\tilde v(s)<\check v(s)v~(s)<vˇ(s) (Jullien, Reisinger and Rey, 2023, Proposition 4 and Online Appendix A).

Significance

Proposition 4 turns a distribution choice involving wholesale and retail prices into a comparison of two channel contributions. It identifies precisely how large B's contribution must be to make a second channel profitable, and it says that B's ability to personalize prices lowers that required contribution. A price policy restriction on B therefore changes the region of market parameters in which the retailer is brought into the channel. The strict threshold statement also distinguishes an actual gain from a tie with mono distribution.

The result is proved in the authors' manuscript, with detailed arguments in Online Appendix A. This mission asks for a machine-checked version of the market definitions, its integral and cutoff identities, and the passage from (v,s)(v,s)(v,s) to (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β). The proposed Lean theorem files contain open proof obligations; compilation of their statements does not supply those proofs. A completed development would give reusable formal definitions of the consumer outcomes and a checked statement of the channel comparison.

Difficulty

The industry profit changes formula as the wholesale price changes which consumers can be served by B. In PP, the profit derivative has different expressions on either side of w=v−sw=v-sw=v−s, and the curvature of one region changes with sss. In PU, B's uniform price can leave some consumers buying directly from A both before and after B's customer interval. A single interior first-order calculation therefore does not settle the global distribution choice. The contribution thresholds add another step: each cutoff in (v,s)(v,s)(v,s) must correspond to a threshold depending only on α\alphaα, and the two resulting thresholds must retain a strict order along every admissible iso-α\alphaα curve (Jullien, Reisinger and Rey, 2023, Online Appendix A).

Formalization scope

Lean uses real numbers for v,s,X,w,pBv,s,X,w,p_Bv,s,X,w,pB​, interval integrals against Lebesgue measure for profits and contributions, and the Lebesgue volume of B's buyer set for its PU demand. The standing assumptions are exactly 0<s<v<10<s<v<10<s<v<1 and v/s≤Xv/s\le Xv/s≤X. Retail prices in B's maximization range over all real numbers; wholesale prices satisfy w≥0w\ge0w≥0. The continuation fixes an assignment of indifferent consumers. Positive-valuation tie boundaries have measure zero; at w=0w=0w=0, an interval of zero-valuation consumers pays zero in PP. Consumers with uB(x)=0u_B(x)=0uB​(x)=0 are assigned to A in PU and are excluded from B's demand. If several uniform prices maximize B's profit, a strict industry gain at one maximizing price suffices in the dual-distribution predicate.

The setting defines industry profits from consumer payments and defines dual distribution by a strict profit comparison. It never defines them from v~\tilde vv~, vˇ\check vvˇ, or the desired threshold functions. The real-valued integrals are well behaved here because the consumer interval is bounded and the integrands are piecewise affine. The cutoff expressions use positive denominators under the standing assumptions. The PU price maximum is global; neither a stationary point nor the first market configuration is built into the definition.

A complete proof needs interval integration of piecewise affine functions, global optimization across the PP and PU price regions, and a comparison of the induced contribution-space thresholds. The integration and market-outcome lemmas can be reused for related channel games. Contributions establishing the stated milestones, or reusable lemmas about these bounded price regions, fit the mission's scope.

Selected references

  • Bruno Jullien, Markus Reisinger and Patrick Rey, Personalized Pricing and Distribution Strategies, Management Science, 2023. DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2022.4437. Formalization source: authors' manuscript of March 2022, PDF SHA-256 25a6c84ac0c48c6720f6a9e1f9b1f1ec516412c31dac044ac84c1d4c72dfc253, Proposition 4 and Online Appendix A.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems 7: With Backlogging and Positive Lead Times a Simple Base-Stock Policy Is Asymptotically Optimal in m, n and θResearch Paper

Perishable inventory with backlogging and lead times

Blood platelets, fresh produce, dairy and many pharmaceuticals have a fixed shelf life: a unit that is not used within mmm periods of its arrival must be discarded. Managing such products is a classical problem of inventory theory (Nahmias 1982, Operations Research 30(4), doi:10.1287/opre.30.4.680). The optimal ordering policy depends on the entire age profile of the stock, so it is computationally intractable beyond very short lifetimes, and practitioners use base-stock policies, which raise a single aggregate quantity to a fixed level SSS every period.

Bu, Gong and Chao (SSRN 3724966, accepted manuscript, 2022; Management Science) give the first theoretical performance guarantees for base-stock policies in perishable systems. This mission covers §5 of the paper: the backlogging system with a positive replenishment lead time LLL, where unmet demand waits and orders arrive LLL periods after they are placed. Earlier missions of this series treat the zero-lead-time lost-sales system under FIFO issuance (missions 1–4) and under LIFO issuance (missions 5–6).

Setting

Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. copies of a nonnegative random variable DDD with 0<E[D]<∞0<\mathbb E[D]<\infty0<E[D]<∞. The product has lifetime m≥1m\ge1m≥1, the lead time is LLL, and the unit costs are h>0h>0h>0 (holding, per unit left over), b>0b>0b>0 (backlogging, per unit per period) and θ\thetaθ (outdating, in addition to holding). Throughout, θ≥hL\theta\ge hLθ≥hL.

In period ttt the order placed in period t−Lt-Lt−L arrives and serves backorders first. The firm then observes the state xt=(xt,1,…,xt,m+L−1)\mathbf x_t=(x_{t,1},\dots,x_{t,m+L-1})xt​=(xt,1​,…,xt,m+L−1​): for i≤mi\le mi≤m, xt,ix_{t,i}xt,i​ is the on-hand stock with remaining lifetime at most iii minus the backorders, and for m<i<m+Lm<i<m+Lm<i<m+L it adds the pipeline orders that arrive by period t+i−mt+i-mt+i−m. The firm orders qt≥0q_t\ge0qt​≥0, which raises the inventory position to xt,m+L=xt,m+L−1+qtx_{t,m+L}=x_{t,m+L-1}+q_txt,m+L​=xt,m+L−1​+qt​. Demand DtD_tDt​ is served oldest-first (FIFO), the shortfall is backlogged, and with the outdated quantity ot=(xt,1−Dt)+o_t=(x_{t,1}-D_t)^+ot​=(xt,1​−Dt​)+ the state moves by

xt+1,i=xt,i+1−Dt−ot,i=1,…,m+L−1.x_{t+1,i}=x_{t,i+1}-D_t-o_t,\qquad i=1,\dots,m+L-1 .xt+1,i​=xt,i+1​−Dt​−ot​,i=1,…,m+L−1.

The system starts empty. The cost of period ttt is Ctπ=h(xt,m−Dt)++b(Dt−xt,m)++θotC^\pi_t=h(x_{t,m}-D_t)^++b(D_t-x_{t,m})^++\theta o_tCtπ​=h(xt,m​−Dt​)++b(Dt​−xt,m​)++θot​, where xt,mx_{t,m}xt,m​ is the net on-hand inventory.

An admissible policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π orders φtπ(xt)≥0\varphi^\pi_t(\mathbf x_t)\ge0φtπ​(xt​)≥0 with each φtπ\varphi^\pi_tφtπ​ measurable. Its long-run average cost is Cπ=lim sup⁡T→∞1T∑t=1TE[Ctπ]C^\pi=\limsup_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb E[C^\pi_t]Cπ=limsupT→∞​T1​∑t=1T​E[Ctπ​], and OPTL=inf⁡π∈ΠCπ\mathrm{OPT}^L=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}C^\piOPTL=infπ∈Π​Cπ. The base-stock policy πS\pi_SπS​ orders (S−xt,m+L−1)+(S-x_{t,m+L-1})^+(S−xt,m+L−1​)+; its cost is CL(S)C^L(S)CL(S). The heuristic level S~L\widetilde S^LSL is any minimizer over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) of

C~L(S)=hE[(S−∑i=1L+1Di)+]+bE[(∑i=1L+1Di−S)+]+θ−hLm+LE[(S−∑i=1m+LDi)+].\widetilde C^L(S)=h\mathbb E\Big[\Big(S-\sum_{i=1}^{L+1}D_i\Big)^+\Big]+b\mathbb E\Big[\Big(\sum_{i=1}^{L+1}D_i-S\Big)^+\Big]+\frac{\theta-hL}{m+L}\mathbb E\Big[\Big(S-\sum_{i=1}^{m+L}D_i\Big)^+\Big].CL(S)=hE[(S−i=1∑L+1​Di​)+]+bE[(i=1∑L+1​Di​−S)+]+m+Lθ−hL​E[(S−i=1∑m+L​Di​)+].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 20)

For L≥1L\ge1L≥1 and every minimizer S~L\widetilde S^LSL, the gap CL(S~L)−OPTLC^L(\widetilde S^L)-\mathrm{OPT}^LCL(SL)−OPTL

(a) is at most K1e−K2mK_1e^{-K_2m}K1​e−K2​m for all lifetimes m≥1m\ge1m≥1, with K1,K2>0K_1,K_2>0K1​,K2​>0 independent of mmm;

(b) if the one-period demand has the population form D(n)=∑j=1N(n)D^jD(n)=\sum_{j=1}^{N(n)}\hat D_jD(n)=∑j=1N(n)​D^j​ of (7), with N(n)=sup⁡{N:∑k=1NXk/n≤1}N(n)=\sup\{N:\sum_{k=1}^NX_k/n\le1\}N(n)=sup{N:∑k=1N​Xk​/n≤1} and the moment assumptions of Theorem 2, is at most K1e−K2nK_1e^{-K_2n}K1​e−K2​n for all large nnn, for every fixed lifetime m≥2m\ge2m≥2;

(c) tends to 000 as θ→∞\theta\to\inftyθ→∞, for every choice θ↦S~θL\theta\mapsto\widetilde S^L_\thetaθ↦SθL​ of minimizers.

Milestones

xt+L,mπ=xt,m+Lπ−∑i=tt+L−1Di−∑i=tt+L−1oiπ,∑i=tt+m+L−1oiπ≥(xt,m+Lπ−∑i=tt+m+L−1Di)+(EC.29), (EC.30)x^\pi_{t+L,m}=x^\pi_{t,m+L}-\sum_{i=t}^{t+L-1}D_i-\sum_{i=t}^{t+L-1}o^\pi_i,\qquad \sum_{i=t}^{t+m+L-1}o^\pi_i\ge\Big(x^\pi_{t,m+L}-\sum_{i=t}^{t+m+L-1}D_i\Big)^+ \quad\text{(EC.29), (EC.30)}xt+L,mπ​=xt,m+Lπ​−i=t∑t+L−1​Di​−i=t∑t+L−1​oiπ​,i=t∑t+m+L−1​oiπ​≥(xt,m+Lπ​−i=t∑t+m+L−1​Di​)+(EC.29), (EC.30)

Lemma 5 (p. 19): for L≥0L\ge0L≥0 and S≥0S\ge0S≥0, CL(S)≥C~L(S)C^L(S)\ge\widetilde C^L(S)CL(S)≥CL(S), and CL(S)C^L(S)CL(S) is at most the same expression with θ−hLm+L\frac{\theta-hL}{m+L}m+Lθ−hL​ replaced by θ+bL\theta+bLθ+bL. Proposition 4 (p. 23): OPTL≥C~L(S~L)\mathrm{OPT}^L\ge\widetilde C^L(\widetilde S^L)OPTL≥CL(SL) for L≥1L\ge1L≥1. Inequality (28) (p. 24):

CL(S~L)−OPTL≤(m−1)θ+(b(m+L)+h+θ)Lm+L E[(S~L−∑i=1m+LDi)+].C^L(\widetilde S^L)-\mathrm{OPT}^L\le\frac{(m-1)\theta+(b(m+L)+h+\theta)L}{m+L}\,\mathbb E\Big[\Big(\widetilde S^L-\sum_{i=1}^{m+L}D_i\Big)^+\Big].CL(SL)−OPTL≤m+L(m−1)θ+(b(m+L)+h+θ)L​E[(SL−i=1∑m+L​Di​)+].

Significance

Theorem 7 says that a policy computed from one convex function of one variable is nearly optimal for a control problem whose state has dimension m+L−1m+L-1m+L−1, in three practically relevant regimes: long shelf life, high-volume demand, and expensive waste. The bound (28) is explicit and computable from the demand distribution, so it also certifies, for any given instance, how far πS~L\pi_{\widetilde S^L}πSL​ can be from optimal. Lemma 5 gives two-sided bounds on the cost of every base-stock policy without solving for a stationary distribution of the age profile.

The paper proves Theorem 7 by sketch (§6.2: "We omit the details for brevity"), relying on the arguments for the zero-lead-time Theorems 1, 2 and 4. None of these results has a machine-checked proof. The mission's work is therefore to formalize the lead-time bookkeeping (EC.29)–(EC.33), the lower bound of Proposition 4 with its conditional-Jensen step, the convergence argument in each regime, and the omitted details of the sketch.

Difficulty

The lower bound on OPTL\mathrm{OPT}^LOPTL must hold for every admissible policy, including those that use the full age profile and the pipeline, whose optimal form is unknown. The obvious route, comparing with the non-perishable backlogging system where a base-stock policy is optimal (Karlin–Scarf), gives a lower bound that ignores outdating entirely and is too weak to make the gap vanish; outdating costs incurred by an arbitrary policy have to be accounted for, and the lead time means that units outdate up to m+Lm+Lm+L periods after the order that created them. The standing assumption θ≥hL\theta\ge hLθ≥hL is exactly what keeps the coefficient of the outdating term in C~L\widetilde C^LCL nonnegative. The upper bound requires the long-run cost of πS\pi_SπS​ although the age-profile chain need not have a stationary law that is easy to describe.

In the limits, the heuristic level S~L\widetilde S^LSL moves with the varying parameter. For (a), a uniform bound on S~mL\widetilde S^L_mSmL​ in mmm is needed; for (b), the newsvendor level of the compound demand grows with nnn and concentration of N(n)N(n)N(n) is required (Scarf's bound and a Bernstein inequality in the zero-lead-time case); for (c), θ E[(S~θL−∑i=1m+LDi)+]→0\theta\,\mathbb E[(\widetilde S^L_\theta-\sum_{i=1}^{m+L}D_i)^+]\to0θE[(SθL​−∑i=1m+L​Di​)+]→0 must be shown although the coefficient of (28) grows linearly in θ\thetaθ.

Formalization scope

  • Namespace PerishBaseStock.Backlog. Demand laws, the i.i.d. path law, the lead-time sum law and the newsvendor expectations are imported from the published definitions CappedBaseStock_Model and LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder.
  • Time is zero-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1, and the demand d t is Dt+1D_{t+1}Dt+1​.
  • The state is a signed vector Fin (m + L - 1) → ℝ of cumulative levels; when m+L=1m+L=1m+L=1 it is empty and xt,0:=0x_{t,0}:=0xt,0​:=0.
  • Base-stock levels range over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (ℝ≥0).
  • Costs live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals over the demand path law. The long-run average is a limsup of Cesàro means. Π\PiΠ is the paper's class: deterministic, time-dependent, measurable functions of the current state.
  • CL(S)C^L(S)CL(S) is the simulated long-run average cost of πS\pi_SπS​, never the formula of Lemma 5.
  • "S~L\widetilde S^LSL is a minimizer" is a predicate, and every statement quantifies over every minimizer (over every selection of minimizers in (c)).
  • Gaps are stated as CL(S~L)≤OPTL+BC^L(\widetilde S^L)\le\mathrm{OPT}^L+BCL(SL)≤OPTL+B; in (c) as a difference of real values together with finiteness of CL(S~θL)C^L(\widetilde S^L_\theta)CL(SθL​).
  • The standing assumptions m≥1m\ge1m≥1, h,b>0h,b>0h,b>0, θ≥hL\theta\ge hLθ≥hL are the predicate Params.Standing; L≥1L\ge1L≥1 is an explicit hypothesis of Proposition 4, (28) and Theorem 7. Proposition 4 is formalized for FIFO issuance, the only issuance rule the paper specifies for this system.
  • Part (b) is posed for lifetimes m≥2m\ge2m≥2. The page states it for every m≥1m\ge1m≥1, but at m=1m=1m=1 the bound (28) does not decay in nnn (both S~nL\widetilde S^L_nSnL​ and ∑i=11+LDi\sum_{i=1}^{1+L}D_i∑i=11+L​Di​ are of order (L+1)n E[D^1](L+1)n\,\mathbb E[\hat D_1](L+1)nE[D^1​]), and the Theorem 2 argument the paper invokes needs m≥2m\ge2m≥2 (p. 12).
  • In (b), the demand of form (7) is built on a product of two independent i.i.d. sequences; N(n)N(n)N(n) is N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued and D(n)D(n)D(n) is set to 000 on the null event where it is infinite.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: OPTL\mathrm{OPT}^LOPTL is an infimum over all measurable state-feedback policies, not over base-stock policies; CL(S)C^L(S)CL(S) is the long-run average of the simulated cost; neither mmm, LLL, θ\thetaθ nor the demand law is fixed; and no gap is stated through a truncated subtraction or an infinite OPTL\mathrm{OPT}^LOPTL.

A complete development needs the long-run behaviour of the base-stock dynamics, conditional Jensen for policies adapted to past demand, exponential tail bounds for sums of i.i.d. demands, and, for (b), renewal-count moments and concentration. The sample-path lemmas (EC.29)–(EC.30) and Lemma 5 are reusable for other perishable models with lead times. Proofs of any milestone and of the individual parts (a), (b), (c) are welcome.

Selected references

  • X. Bu, X. Gong, X. Chao, Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems, accepted manuscript, SSRN 3724966, 2022; Management Science. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3724966
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable Inventory Theory: A Review, Operations Research 30(4):680–708, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
  • S. Karlin, H. Scarf, Inventory Models of the Arrow–Harris–Marschak Type with Time Lag, in Arrow, Karlin, Scarf (eds.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Some Inequalities for the Queue GI/G/1, Biometrika 49(3/4):315–324, 1962. https://doi.org/10.2307/2333566
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Social Media and News: Content Bundling and News Quality II: Negotiated Content Bundling Raises News Quality over the Benchmark iff c > β/Λ and over Unilateral Bundling iff c > c†Research Paper

Motivation

Social platforms show news articles to their users without sending them to the publisher's site. Publishers argue that this diverts readers and advertising revenue, and so weakens their incentive to invest in journalism. Several regulators have responded by requiring dominant platforms to negotiate payments with news publishers: France transposed the EU neighbouring right for press publishers in 2019, and Australia adopted the News Media Bargaining Code in 2021. Whether such negotiated payments raise or lower the quality of news is not obvious, because the payment and the publisher's traffic both depend on the quality the publisher chooses.

de Cornière and Sarvary (TSE Working Paper n° 1152, August 2021; published in Management Science, 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4341) study a model in which a platform bundles a publisher's content with user-generated content. In their baseline (§3–§4) the platform bundles unilaterally; this is the subject of the companion mission Social Media and News: Content Bundling and News Quality I. Section 6 replaces unilateral bundling by a negotiated agreement, and Proposition 5 compares the resulting news quality with both the no-bundling benchmark and unilateral bundling. This mission formalizes Proposition 5.

Setting

Consumers. A consumer has one unit of time. She spends T1T_1T1​ on the publisher's site and T0=1−T1T_0=1-T_1T0​=1−T1​ on the platform. On the platform a share λ\lambdaλ of what she sees is news and 1−λ1-\lambda1−λ is user-generated content, so she consumes xN=T1+λT0x_N=T_1+\lambda T_0xN​=T1​+λT0​ units of news and xU=(1−λ)T0x_U=(1-\lambda)T_0xU​=(1−λ)T0​ units of other content, with utility

U(xU,xN)=xU+(1+q)xN−xN22,U(x_U,x_N)=x_U+(1+q)x_N-\frac{x_N^2}{2},U(xU​,xN​)=xU​+(1+q)xN​−2xN2​​,

where qqq is the quality of the publisher's news.

Baseline game (unilateral bundling). The publisher chooses q∈[0,1]q\in[0,1]q∈[0,1] at cost cq2/2cq^2/2cq2/2; the platform chooses λ∈[0,Λ]\lambda\in[0,\Lambda]λ∈[0,Λ]; the consumer chooses T1∈[0,1]T_1\in[0,1]T1​∈[0,1]. The platform earns R0=(1−λ+λφ0)T0R_0=(1-\lambda+\lambda\varphi_0)T_0R0​=(1−λ+λφ0​)T0​ and the publisher earns R1=βT1+φ1λT0R_1=\beta T_1+\varphi_1\lambda T_0R1​=βT1​+φ1​λT0​. The standing assumptions (Table 1) are φ0,φ1∈(0,1)\varphi_0,\varphi_1\in(0,1)φ0​,φ1​∈(0,1), β>φ1\beta>\varphi_1β>φ1​, c>2βc>2\betac>2β, Λ∈(0,1/2)\Lambda\in(0,1/2)Λ∈(0,1/2). The benchmark is the same game with Λ=0\Lambda=0Λ=0. The unilateral threshold is

c†=β+φ1(1−2Λ)2Λ(1−Λ).c^\dagger=\frac{\beta+\varphi_1(1-2\Lambda)}{2\Lambda(1-\Lambda)}.c†=2Λ(1−Λ)β+φ1​(1−2Λ)​.

Negotiated game (§6). The publisher chooses qqq. Publisher and platform then agree, by Nash bargaining with equal bargaining power, on a lump-sum payment FFF to the publisher. The platform chooses λ≤Λ\lambda\le\Lambdaλ≤Λ and keeps all advertising revenue (φ0=1\varphi_0=1φ0​=1, φ1=0\varphi_1=0φ1​=0). Finally the consumer allocates her time. With an agreement the publisher receives βT1+F\beta T_1+FβT1​+F and the platform T0−FT_0-FT0​−F; if bargaining fails the outcome is the benchmark, with payoffs βq\beta qβq and 1−q1-q1−q. The fee maximizes the Nash product

(βT1+F−βq)(T0−F−(1−q)).\bigl(\beta T_1+F-\beta q\bigr)\bigl(T_0-F-(1-q)\bigr).(βT1​+F−βq)(T0​−F−(1−q)).

Section 6 assumes 1/3<β≤11/3<\beta\le11/3<β≤1 and keeps c>2βc>2\betac>2β and Λ∈(0,1/2)\Lambda\in(0,1/2)Λ∈(0,1/2).

In each game a subgame-perfect equilibrium requires best responses after every history: the consumer at every (q,λ)(q,\lambda)(q,λ), the platform at every qqq, the fee at every qqq, and the publisher's quality optimal over [0,1][0,1][0,1]. In the negotiated game, a platform that is indifferent between several values of λ\lambdaλ chooses the smallest one (p. 19). The equilibrium qualities are written q^\hat qq^​ (benchmark), q∗q^*q∗ (unilateral) and q~\tilde qq~​ (negotiated).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

Under 1/3<β≤11/3<\beta\le11/3<β≤1, φ0,φ1∈(0,1)\varphi_0,\varphi_1\in(0,1)φ0​,φ1​∈(0,1), φ1<β\varphi_1<\betaφ1​<β, c>2βc>2\betac>2β, Λ∈(0,1/2)\Lambda\in(0,1/2)Λ∈(0,1/2), all three games have subgame-perfect equilibria, and for any equilibria of the three games

β<1 ⟹ (q^<q~  ⟺  c>β/Λ),c≠c† ⟹ (q∗<q~  ⟺  c>c†).\beta<1\ \Longrightarrow\ \bigl(\hat q<\tilde q\iff c>\beta/\Lambda\bigr),\qquad c\neq c^\dagger\ \Longrightarrow\ \bigl(q^*<\tilde q\iff c>c^\dagger\bigr).β<1 ⟹ (q^​<q~​⟺c>β/Λ),c=c† ⟹ (q∗<q~​⟺c>c†).

Milestones

The negotiated equilibrium is solved by backward induction, as in §6:

  • the platform's choice λ=min⁡{q,Λ}\lambda=\min\{q,\Lambda\}λ=min{q,Λ} (p. 19);
  • the fees F1(q)=q(1+β)/2F_1(q)=q(1+\beta)/2F1​(q)=q(1+β)/2 for q≤Λq\le\Lambdaq≤Λ, display (4), and F2(q)=(1−q)(1+β)Λ/(2(1−Λ))F_2(q)=(1-q)(1+\beta)\Lambda/(2(1-\Lambda))F2​(q)=(1−q)(1+β)Λ/(2(1−Λ)) for q>Λq>\Lambdaq>Λ, display (6);
  • the publisher's stage-1 profit, display (7);
  • q1(c)<1q_1(c)<1q1​(c)<1 and q2(c)<q1(c)q_2(c)<q_1(c)q2​(c)<q1​(c), where q1(c)=(1+β)/(2c)q_1(c)=(1+\beta)/(2c)q1​(c)=(1+β)/(2c) and q2(c)=(β(2−Λ)−Λ)/(2(1−Λ)c)q_2(c)=(\beta(2-\Lambda)-\Lambda)/(2(1-\Lambda)c)q2​(c)=(β(2−Λ)−Λ)/(2(1−Λ)c) (proof of Lemma 5);
  • Lemma 5: q~=q2(c)\tilde q=q_2(c)q~​=q2​(c), Λ\LambdaΛ or q1(c)q_1(c)q1​(c) according as ccc is below, inside or above [β(2−Λ)−Λ2(1−Λ)Λ,1+β2Λ]\bigl[\tfrac{\beta(2-\Lambda)-\Lambda}{2(1-\Lambda)\Lambda},\tfrac{1+\beta}{2\Lambda}\bigr][2(1−Λ)Λβ(2−Λ)−Λ​,2Λ1+β​].

The comparison uses Lemma 1 (q^=β/c\hat q=\beta/cq^​=β/c), Lemma 4 (q∗=qL(c)=φ1/cq^*=q_L(c)=\varphi_1/cq∗=qL​(c)=φ1​/c above c†c^\daggerc†, qH(c)=(β−Λφ1)/(c(1−Λ))q_H(c)=(\beta-\Lambda\varphi_1)/(c(1-\Lambda))qH​(c)=(β−Λφ1​)/(c(1−Λ)) below), and the inequality q2(c)<β/c<q1(c)q_2(c)<\beta/c<q_1(c)q2​(c)<β/c<q1​(c) of the proof of Proposition 5.

Significance

Proposition 5 reverses the conclusion of the unilateral analysis. Under unilateral bundling (Proposition 1, companion mission) quality rises only when quality is cheap (c<c†c<c^\daggerc<c†). Under a negotiated agreement quality rises over unilateral bundling exactly when quality is costly (c>c†c>c^\daggerc>c†), and over the benchmark exactly when c>β/Λc>\beta/\Lambdac>β/Λ. A bargaining mandate therefore helps news quality for publishers whose content is mostly consumed through the platform, which is the case that motivates the Australian and French policies.

The result is proved in the paper; the proof of part 2 is a one-sentence case sketch over the position of c†c^\daggerc† relative to the two thresholds of Lemma 5. No machine-checked version exists. A formal proof checks the case analysis, including the knife-edge cases c=c†c=c^\daggerc=c† and β=1\beta=1β=1, which the printed statement does not treat, and produces a reusable formal model of Nash bargaining inside a multi-stage game.

Difficulty

The closed forms are elementary; the content lies in the equilibrium objects. Each equilibrium concept quantifies over strategies at every history, so every closed form must be derived, not assumed: the consumer's split from utility maximization, the platform's share from the revenue comparison and the tie-break, the fee from maximizing the Nash product, and the quality from a piecewise objective whose two pieces meet at q=Λq=\Lambdaq=Λ. The comparison in part 2 then crosses two different games, whose thresholds c†c^\daggerc† and [β(2−Λ)−Λ2(1−Λ)Λ,1+β2Λ]\bigl[\tfrac{\beta(2-\Lambda)-\Lambda}{2(1-\Lambda)\Lambda},\tfrac{1+\beta}{2\Lambda}\bigr][2(1−Λ)Λβ(2−Λ)−Λ​,2Λ1+β​] can be ordered in several ways, and the equivalence must hold in every ordering. Reading the closed forms off the paper and comparing them does not prove anything about the games.

Formalization scope

All objects are real-valued. Quality ranges over [0,1][0,1][0,1], since demand for news equals qqq and the paper notes the profit expression is valid only for q≤1q\le1q≤1. A strategy profile is a record of functions: the consumer's time T1(q,λ)T_1(q,\lambda)T1​(q,λ), the platform's share λ(q)\lambda(q)λ(q), in the negotiated game the fee F(q)F(q)F(q), and a quality. The fee maximizes the Nash product over all F∈RF\in\mathbb RF∈R; the agreement and disagreement payoffs are those printed on p. 19. The negotiated platform minimizes λ\lambdaλ among its maximizers, as printed. The benchmark is the baseline game at Λ=0\Lambda=0Λ=0, and the unilateral game keeps Table 1's φ0,φ1\varphi_0,\varphi_1φ0​,φ1​; footnote 16's φ0=1\varphi_0=1φ0​=1, φ1=0\varphi_1=0φ1​=0 apply to the negotiated game only.

Two hypotheses are added to the printed statement, both disclosed in the goal's statement:

  1. part 1 is posed for β<1\beta<1β<1, because at β=1\beta=1β=1 the negotiated quality equals the benchmark quality β/c\beta/cβ/c whenever c>(1+β)/(2Λ)c>(1+\beta)/(2\Lambda)c>(1+β)/(2Λ);
  2. part 2 is posed for c≠c†c\ne c^\daggerc=c†, because at c=c†c=c^\daggerc=c† the unilateral game has two equilibrium qualities and the negotiated quality lies strictly between them.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Equilibrium strategies are never given by their closed forms. Best responses are required after every history, not only on the path. The fee is never defined as F1F_1F1​ or F2F_2F2​. The benchmark is an equilibrium of the game at Λ=0\Lambda=0Λ=0, not the number β/c\beta/cβ/c. The goal and Lemma 5 assert existence of equilibria, so the "for every equilibrium" clauses are not vacuous.

The definitions (NewsBundling.Negotiated.Setting) import the baseline game from the shared module NewsBundling.Unilateral.Setting and define the negotiated game. A proof needs elementary real analysis: maxima of concave quadratics, piecewise functions on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the existence of maximizers. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of Lemmas 1 and 4 shared with the companion mission.

Selected references

  • A. de Cornière and M. Sarvary, Social Media and News: Content Bundling and News Quality, Toulouse School of Economics Working Paper n° 1152, August 2021 (the version this mission cites); journal version below.
  • A. de Cornière and M. Sarvary, Social Media and News: Content Bundling and News Quality, Management Science, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4341
  • J. F. Nash, The Bargaining Problem, Econometrica 18(2), 1950. https://doi.org/10.2307/1907266
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems 4: Under FIFO Issuance the Heuristic Base-Stock Policy Is Asymptotically Optimal as the Unit Outdating Cost GrowsResearch Paper

Motivation

Blood platelets, fresh produce, bakery items and many pharmaceuticals have a fixed lifetime: a unit that is not used within mmm periods of arrival must be discarded. Replenishing such a product is a classical problem of inventory theory (Nahmias 1982), and its optimal policy depends on the whole age profile of the stock, so it cannot be computed for realistic lifetimes. Practice therefore relies on base-stock policies, which raise total stock to a fixed level every period.

Bu, Gong and Chao give the first theoretical guarantees for such a policy. Under first-in-first-out (FIFO) issuance they choose the level S~\widetilde SS by minimizing an explicit surrogate of the long-run cost and show that its optimality gap vanishes in four regimes. This mission is the fourth: a large unit outdating cost θ\thetaθ. The regime matters in practice because outdating is expensive. Slonim et al. (2014) put the component cost of a unit of blood sold to U.S. hospitals at about $570, and disposing of expired products often requires costly handling.

Setting

Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. copies of a non-negative random variable DDD with 0<E[D]<∞0<\mathbb E[D]<\infty0<E[D]<∞ and distribution function FFF. The product lives m≥1m\ge1m≥1 periods. At the start of period ttt the state is xt=(xt,1,…,xt,m−1)x_t=(x_{t,1},\dots,x_{t,m-1})xt​=(xt,1​,…,xt,m−1​), where xt,ix_{t,i}xt,i​ is the stock with remaining lifetime at most iii. The firm orders qt≥0q_t\ge0qt​≥0, raising the total stock to xt,m=xt,m−1+qtx_{t,m}=x_{t,m-1}+q_txt,m​=xt,m−1​+qt​ (lead time zero). Demand is served oldest first and unmet demand is lost. The quantity ot=(xt,1−Dt)+o_t=(x_{t,1}-D_t)^+ot​=(xt,1​−Dt​)+ outdates, and the state evolves by

xt+1,i=(xt,i+1−Dt−ot)+,i=1,…,m−1.x_{t+1,i}=(x_{t,i+1}-D_t-o_t)^+,\qquad i=1,\dots,m-1.xt+1,i​=(xt,i+1​−Dt​−ot​)+,i=1,…,m−1.

The system starts empty. The period cost is

Ctπ=h(xt,mπ−Dt)++p(Dt−xt,mπ)++θotπ,C^\pi_t=h(x^\pi_{t,m}-D_t)^+ + p(D_t-x^\pi_{t,m})^+ + \theta o^\pi_t,Ctπ​=h(xt,mπ​−Dt​)++p(Dt​−xt,mπ​)++θotπ​,

with holding cost h>0h>0h>0, lost-sales penalty p>0p>0p>0 and outdating cost θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0.

A policy is admissible if each period's order is a non-negative measurable function of the current state. Its long-run average cost is Cπ=lim sup⁡T→∞1T∑t=1TE[Ctπ]C^\pi=\limsup_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb E[C^\pi_t]Cπ=limsupT→∞​T1​∑t=1T​E[Ctπ​], and OPTθ\mathrm{OPT}_\thetaOPTθ​ is the infimum of CπC^\piCπ over admissible policies. The base-stock policy πS\pi_SπS​ orders (S−xt,m−1)+(S-x_{t,m-1})^+(S−xt,m−1​)+, and Cθ(S)C_\theta(S)Cθ​(S) is its long-run average cost. The heuristic level S~θ\widetilde S_\thetaSθ​ is any minimizer over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) of

C~θ(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θmE[(S−∑i=1mDi)+].\widetilde C_\theta(S)=h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\frac\theta m\mathbb E\Big[\Big(S-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i\Big)^+\Big].Cθ​(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+mθ​E[(S−i=1∑m​Di​)+].

The lower support of demand is D‾=inf⁡{x:F(x)>0}\underline D=\inf\{x:F(x)>0\}D​=inf{x:F(x)>0}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 14)

lim⁡θ→∞(Cθ(S~θ)−OPTθ)=0,\lim_{\theta\to\infty}\big(C_\theta(\widetilde S_\theta)-\mathrm{OPT}_\theta\big)=0,θ→∞lim​(Cθ​(Sθ​)−OPTθ​)=0,

for every selection θ↦S~θ\theta\mapsto\widetilde S_\thetaθ↦Sθ​ of minimizers, with hhh, ppp, mmm and the demand law fixed. The statement holds for every demand law, whether D‾\underline DD​ is zero or positive.

Milestones (Appendix B.3 and §6.2)

  1. (EC.16): for every θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0, C~θ(S~θ)≤min⁡0≤S≤mD‾C~θ(S)=min⁡0≤S≤mD‾{hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]}\widetilde C_\theta(\widetilde S_\theta)\le\min_{0\le S\le m\underline D}\widetilde C_\theta(S)=\min_{0\le S\le m\underline D}\{h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]\}Cθ​(Sθ​)≤min0≤S≤mD​​Cθ​(S)=min0≤S≤mD​​{hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]}.
  2. S0=mD‾S^0=m\underline DS0=mD​: sup⁡{S≥0:E[(S−∑i=1mDi)+]=0}=mD‾\sup\{S\ge0:\mathbb E[(S-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i)^+]=0\}=m\underline Dsup{S≥0:E[(S−∑i=1m​Di​)+]=0}=mD​.
  3. (EC.17): for the least minimizers, S~∞=lim⁡θS~θ\widetilde S_\infty=\lim_\theta\widetilde S_\thetaS∞​=limθ​Sθ​ exists, the newsvendor cost of S~θ\widetilde S_\thetaSθ​ converges to that of S~∞\widetilde S_\inftyS∞​, and the limit is at least min⁡0≤S≤mD‾{hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]}\min_{0\le S\le m\underline D}\{h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]\}min0≤S≤mD​​{hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]}.
  4. (24): lim⁡θ→∞θ E[(S~θ−∑i=1mDi)+]=0\lim_{\theta\to\infty}\theta\,\mathbb E[(\widetilde S_\theta-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i)^+]=0limθ→∞​θE[(Sθ​−∑i=1m​Di​)+]=0 for every selection of minimizers.

The goal's proof also uses inequality (21), C(S~)−OPT≤(m−1)θmE[(S~−∑i=1mDi)+]C(\widetilde S)-\mathrm{OPT}\le\frac{(m-1)\theta}{m}\mathbb E[(\widetilde S-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i)^+]C(S)−OPT≤m(m−1)θ​E[(S−∑i=1m​Di​)+]. That inequality, together with Lemmas 1–2 and Proposition 2 behind it, is posed in mission 1 of this series and is not restated here.

Significance

Theorem 4 says that when outdating is expensive, a policy computed from a one-dimensional convex function is as good as the optimal age-dependent policy. A base-stock policy does not need to track the age distribution, and its level can be found by simulation and golden-section search between explicit bounds. Together with Theorems 1–3 it shows that S~\widetilde SS is asymptotically optimal in all four regimes of the paper. Remark 2 of the paper notes that the plain newsvendor level SNPS^{NP}SNP fails in this regime.

The result is proved in the paper (Management Science, 2022). It has not been formalized. This mission adds a machine-checked model of the FIFO perishable system with lost sales: the age-structured dynamics, admissible policies, long-run average costs and the optimal cost over all policies. The model is reusable for the other missions of the series and for the wider perishable-inventory literature. The paper's proof leaves several steps to the reader: the monotonicity of S~θ\widetilde S_\thetaSθ​, the identity S0=mD‾S^0=m\underline DS0=mD​, and continuity of the newsvendor cost. Each of these becomes an explicit statement.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares the heuristic with an optimal policy directly. That fails because the optimal policy has no tractable form. The proof instead goes through (21), a lower bound on OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT obtained by a sample-path argument, and then has to show that the outdating term of the heuristic level vanishes faster than θ\thetaθ grows. That needs uniform control of S~θ\widetilde S_\thetaSθ​ as θ→∞\theta\to\inftyθ→∞. The level must eventually fall into [0,mD‾][0,m\underline D][0,mD​], where no stock survives mmm periods of demand, and the newsvendor cost there must match the restricted minimum. A naive reading of "S~θ\widetilde S_\thetaSθ​ decreases in θ\thetaθ" holds only for the least minimizer. For an arbitrary selection, the argument has to work through the bound (EC.16) alone.

Formalization scope

  • Lean 4 with Mathlib. Everything sits in the namespace PerishBaseStock.Outdating and builds on the published demand layer CappedBaseStock_Model (i.i.d. demand path, demand law with 0<E[D]<∞0<\mathbb E[D]<\infty0<E[D]<∞) and the newsvendor functions of LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder.
  • Time is zero-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1. The state is Fin (m - 1) → ℝ≥0 of cumulative levels, with xt,0=0x_{t,0}=0xt,0​=0. When m=1m=1m=1 the state is empty and everything left over outdates. Levels SSS range over R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​.
  • Costs take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Expectations of costs are lower Lebesgue integrals over the demand-path law, and CπC^\piCπ is the limsup of Cesàro averages. OPTθ\mathrm{OPT}_\thetaOPTθ​ is the infimum over all admissible policies: time-dependent measurable functions of the state, as in the paper.
  • Cθ(S)C_\theta(S)Cθ​(S) is the limsup average of the simulated cost of πS\pi_SπS​, never a closed form.
  • θ\thetaθ ranges over R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, and limits are taken along atTop there. The goal asserts that Cθ(S~θ)C_\theta(\widetilde S_\theta)Cθ​(Sθ​) is finite and that the difference of real values tends to 000, so no ∞−∞\infty-\infty∞−∞ convention enters.
  • "A minimizer" means every minimizer. (EC.17) is posed for the least minimizer, the selection for which the paper's monotonicity claim holds.
  • D‾\underline DD​, S0S^0S0 and the restricted minimum are real infima and suprema over nonempty, bounded sets, so Lean's default values never arise.
  • The model must not be trivialized: a fixed mmm, θ=0\theta=0θ=0, a restriction of OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT to base-stock policies, or S~θ\widetilde S_\thetaSθ​ replaced by a closed form would each change the theorem, and none is used.
  • Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones, continuity and coercivity of the newsvendor and heuristic costs, monotone comparative statics of arg⁡min⁡\arg\minargmin in θ\thetaθ, and the sample-path lemmas of mission 1.

Selected references

  • X. Bu, X. Gong, X. Chao, Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems, Management Science, 2022 (accepted manuscript, SSRN 3724966). https://ssrn.com/abstract=3724966
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable inventory theory: a review, Operations Research 30(4), 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
  • W. L. Cooper, Pathwise properties and performance bounds for a perishable inventory system, Operations Research 49(3), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.49.3.455.11214
  • A. W. Chazan, S. Gal, A Markovian model for a perishable product inventory, Management Science 23(5), 1977. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.23.5.512
  • R. Slonim, C. Wang, E. Garbarino, The market for blood, Journal of Economic Perspectives 28(2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1257/jep.28.2.177
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsMechanism Design·Captain: mikedeng1

The Voice of Customers in Customization II: Under O-Learning, the Cheap-Signaling Separating Equilibrium Exists If and Only If θH/θL ≥ ΛResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms that customize products, especially in business-to-business and service markets, need to learn what each customer wants before designing for that customer. Liang Guo's paper The Voice of Customers in Customization (SSRN 3994319; published in Management Science, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2021.04025) compares two ways a seller can learn a customer's preference. Under A-Learning the customer describes its preference and the seller designs the product. Under O-Learning the customer proposes the design itself and the seller decides whether to accept it. The customer's preference is private, and the price is bargained after the product has been made, so a customer has a reason to misrepresent itself in either case: a customer believed to value quality less is charged less.

This mission formalizes the paper's characterization of when O-Learning reveals preferences without distortion: each customer type requests exactly the design it would request if its preference were public. The paper calls this the cheap-signaling equilibrium. A companion mission in this series formalizes the analogous result for A-Learning (Proposition 1), and another shows that O-Learning has no separating equilibrium at all below the threshold found here.

Setting

A seller faces buyers whose quality preference is θ∈{θH,θL}\theta\in\{\theta_H,\theta_L\}θ∈{θH​,θL​} with θH>θL>0\theta_H>\theta_L>0θH​>θL​>0. Each buyer knows its own θ\thetaθ. The seller holds the prior that a fraction α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) of buyers has θH\theta_HθH​. A product has a quality q≥0q\ge 0q≥0. Producing it costs kq2kq^2kq2 and selling it costs sq2sq^2sq2, with k,s>0k,s>0k,s>0. The selling cost is incurred before the price is set. In the price stage either party makes a take-it-or-leave-it offer: the seller with probability γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1), charging θ^q\hat\theta qθ^q where θ^\hat\thetaθ^ is its belief about the buyer, and the buyer with probability 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ, offering kq2kq^2kq2.

The O-Learning game has three stages.

  1. Each buyer submits a quality request q(θ)≥0q(\theta)\ge 0q(θ)≥0.
  2. The seller, holding a posterior belief θ^(q)\hat\theta(q)θ^(q), accepts or rejects the request. It accepts if and only if its expected profit is nonnegative:
γ(θ^q−kq2)−sq2≥0.\gamma(\hat\theta q-kq^2)-sq^2\ge 0.γ(θ^q−kq2)−sq2≥0.
  1. The price is set as above. A rejected request ends the game with payoff 000 to both parties.

A buyer of true preference θ\thetaθ whose request qqq is accepted under belief θ^\hat\thetaθ^ expects

μ(q,θ,θ^)=γmax⁡{θq−θ^q,0}+(1−γ)max⁡{θq−kq2,0}.(9)\mu(q,\theta,\hat\theta)=\gamma\max\{\theta q-\hat\theta q,0\}+(1-\gamma)\max\{\theta q-kq^2,0\}.\tag{9}μ(q,θ,θ^)=γmax{θq−θ^q,0}+(1−γ)max{θq−kq2,0}.(9)

A separating equilibrium consists of distinct requests qH≠qLq_H\ne q_LqH​=qL​ and a belief function θ^(⋅)\hat\theta(\cdot)θ^(⋅) satisfying three conditions. Beliefs are consistent on the equilibrium path: θ^(qH)=θH\hat\theta(q_H)=\theta_Hθ^(qH​)=θH​ and θ^(qL)=θL\hat\theta(q_L)=\theta_Lθ^(qL​)=θL​. Beliefs off the path are arbitrary. No type gains by deviating to any other request q≥0q\ge 0q≥0.

If the preference were public, the buyer would choose qqq to maximize μ(q,θ,θ)\mu(q,\theta,\theta)μ(q,θ,θ) subject to acceptance. The solution is the first-best request

q∗(θ)=min⁡{γθs+γk, θ2k}.q^*(\theta)=\min\Big\{\frac{\gamma\theta}{s+\gamma k},\ \frac{\theta}{2k}\Big\}.q∗(θ)=min{s+γkγθ​, 2kθ​}.

The thresholds are

ΛH1=γ(s+k)(1−γ)s,ΛH2=1+γ1−γ,ΛL=sγk,Λ=max⁡{min⁡{ΛH1,ΛH2},ΛL}.\Lambda_{H1}=\frac{\gamma(s+k)}{(1-\gamma)s},\qquad \Lambda_{H2}=\frac{1+\gamma}{1-\gamma},\qquad \Lambda_L=\frac{s}{\gamma k},\qquad \Lambda=\max\{\min\{\Lambda_{H1},\Lambda_{H2}\},\Lambda_L\}.ΛH1​=(1−γ)sγ(s+k)​,ΛH2​=1−γ1+γ​,ΛL​=γks​,Λ=max{min{ΛH1​,ΛH2​},ΛL​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 17)

The requests qHO=q∗(θH)q^O_H=q^*(\theta_H)qHO​=q∗(θH​), qLO=q∗(θL)q^O_L=q^*(\theta_L)qLO​=q∗(θL​) form a separating equilibrium for some belief function if and only if

θHθL≥Λ.\frac{\theta_H}{\theta_L}\ge\Lambda.θL​θH​​≥Λ.

When this holds, the equilibrium is supported by the out-of-equilibrium belief θ^(q)=θL\hat\theta(q)=\theta_Lθ^(q)=θL​ if γ≤s/k\gamma\le s/kγ≤s/k, and by θ^(q)=θH\hat\theta(q)=\theta_Hθ^(q)=θH​ if γ≥s/k\gamma\ge s/kγ≥s/k.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Seller acceptance (§3.3, p. 16). For q≥0q\ge 0q≥0, the seller accepts a request iff q≤γθ^/(s+γk)q\le\gamma\hat\theta/(s+\gamma k)q≤γθ^/(s+γk).
  2. The first-best request solves (10) (§3.3, p. 16). q∗(θ)q^*(\theta)q∗(θ) is the unique maximizer of μ(q,θ,θ)\mu(q,\theta,\theta)μ(q,θ,θ) over the acceptable requests.
  3. The case form of q∗q^*q∗ (Appendix, Proof of Proposition 3, p. 28). q∗(θ)=γθ/(s+γk)q^*(\theta)=\gamma\theta/(s+\gamma k)q∗(θ)=γθ/(s+γk) if γ≤s/k\gamma\le s/kγ≤s/k, and q∗(θ)=θ/(2k)q^*(\theta)=\theta/(2k)q∗(θ)=θ/(2k) if γ≥s/k\gamma\ge s/kγ≥s/k.
  4. Necessity of (11)–(12) (p. 17). If (qHO,qLO)(q^O_H,q^O_L)(qHO​,qLO​) is a separating equilibrium under any beliefs, then
μ(q∗(θH),θH,θH)≥μ(q∗(θL),θH,θL)andμ(q∗(θL),θL,θL)≥μ(q∗(θH),θL,θH).\mu(q^*(\theta_H),\theta_H,\theta_H)\ge\mu(q^*(\theta_L),\theta_H,\theta_L)\quad\text{and}\quad\mu(q^*(\theta_L),\theta_L,\theta_L)\ge\mu(q^*(\theta_H),\theta_L,\theta_H).μ(q∗(θH​),θH​,θH​)≥μ(q∗(θL​),θH​,θL​)andμ(q∗(θL​),θL​,θL​)≥μ(q∗(θH​),θL​,θH​).
  1. γ≤s/k\gamma\le s/kγ≤s/k (p. 28). ICH′  ⟺  θH/θL≥ΛH1\mathrm{IC}'_H\iff\theta_H/\theta_L\ge\Lambda_{H1}ICH′​⟺θH​/θL​≥ΛH1​, and ICL′  ⟺  θH/θL≥ΛL\mathrm{IC}'_L\iff\theta_H/\theta_L\ge\Lambda_LICL′​⟺θH​/θL​≥ΛL​.
  2. γ≥s/k\gamma\ge s/kγ≥s/k (p. 28). ICH′  ⟺  θH/θL≥ΛH2\mathrm{IC}'_H\iff\theta_H/\theta_L\ge\Lambda_{H2}ICH′​⟺θH​/θL​≥ΛH2​, and ICL′\mathrm{IC}'_LICL′​ holds strictly.
  3. ΛH1≤ΛH2  ⟺  γ≤s/k\Lambda_{H1}\le\Lambda_{H2}\iff\gamma\le s/kΛH1​≤ΛH2​⟺γ≤s/k (p. 28).

Significance

Proposition 3 locates the boundary of truthful self-design. Above Λ\LambdaΛ, a buyer who designs its own product can both reveal its type and obtain its full-information design. The seller then learns preferences without distorting quality. Below Λ\LambdaΛ, the companion mission shows that no separating equilibrium exists at all. The paper builds on this threshold. Proposition 7 compares Λ\LambdaΛ with the A-Learning threshold Δ\DeltaΔ to decide which learning mode supports customization over a wider range of preferences. Proposition 8 compares the seller's and buyers' payoffs in the two separating equilibria and shows that the seller prefers to design while the buyers prefer to self-design.

The result is proved in the paper's Appendix. As far as the series' searches show, it has not been machine-checked. This mission poses a formal version of the O-Learning game, its equilibrium notion, and the deviation arguments the paper sketches in a sentence each.

Difficulty

The incentive constraints are polynomial inequalities in the ratio θH/θL\theta_H/\theta_LθH​/θL​ once q∗q^*q∗ is substituted. The work is elsewhere.

First, the equilibrium quantifies over every request q≥0q\ge 0q≥0, not only over mimicking the other type. A deviation interacts with the belief the seller holds at that request and with the acceptance rule, and the payoff (9) has two kinks. The proof shows that the two stated off-path beliefs deter every deviation. Each regime needs a different belief: the low-type belief works when the acceptance constraint binds at the first-best, and the high-type belief works when it does not.

Second, the "only if" direction has to hold for every belief function. The argument must show that mimicking the other type's first-best request is always accepted, whatever the seller believes elsewhere.

Third, the paper's proof writes the payoffs without the max⁡{⋅,0}\max\{\cdot,0\}max{⋅,0} terms. Those identities hold only on part of the domain, and the formal argument has to track where.

Formalization scope

The O-Learning objects live in the namespace CustomerVoice.OLearn, in a single definition file. The model is a structure with real fields θH,θL,α,γ,k,s\theta_H,\theta_L,\alpha,\gamma,k,sθH​,θL​,α,γ,k,s. Buyer types use the shared CustomerVoice.ALearn.BType, an inductive type with constructors H and L. The standing assumptions θH>θL>0\theta_H>\theta_L>0θH​>θL​>0, α,γ∈(0,1)\alpha,\gamma\in(0,1)α,γ∈(0,1) and k,s>0k,s>0k,s>0 are a hypothesis of every theorem. α\alphaα does not enter this mission but is kept as printed. No other hypothesis is added.

Commitments of the formalization:

  • Qualities, requests and deviations are real numbers q≥0q\ge 0q≥0.
  • The payoff μ\muμ keeps both max⁡{⋅,0}\max\{\cdot,0\}max{⋅,0} terms.
  • The seller accepts at indifference, as the paper prints its acceptance rule.
  • A rejected request pays 000.
  • A belief function is any total map from requests to the two types. It is pinned only on the equilibrium path.
  • The price stage is in reduced form, entering only through (9) and the acceptance inequality.
  • Optimality in (10) is stated as attainment of the maximum (IsMaxOn on the acceptable interval) together with uniqueness.

Ruled-out trivializations. Acceptance is the printed inequality, not the threshold q≤γθ^/(s+γk)q\le\gamma\hat\theta/(s+\gamma k)q≤γθ^/(s+γk), which is milestone 1. The requests are q∗(θ)q^*(\theta)q∗(θ), and milestone 2 proves that q∗(θ)q^*(\theta)q∗(θ) solves (10). The equilibrium is a perfect Bayesian equilibrium against all deviations, not the conjunction of (11) and (12). The "only if" direction quantifies over all belief functions. Λ\LambdaΛ is the printed expression, not an infimum of ratios at which an equilibrium exists.

The development needs only elementary real algebra and one-variable concave quadratics from Mathlib. The equilibrium definition is a template for the other O-Learning mission of the series. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the deviation step, are welcome.

The source is the SSRN author version (SSRN 3994319, version of 2023-11-29). All page and display numbers refer to it, and the proofs behind the milestones are in its Appendix.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, The Voice of Customers in Customization, SSRN working paper 3994319, version of 2023-11-29. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3994319
  • Liang Guo, The Voice of Customers in Customization, Management Science. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2021.04025
  • Vincent P. Crawford and Joel Sobel, Strategic Information Transmission, Econometrica 50(6), 1982. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913390
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Is Price Commitment a Better Solution to Control Carbon Emissions and Promote Technology Investment?: Correlation Thresholds for Consumer Surplus and Emissions, Carbon Tax vs Cap-and-TradeResearch Paper

Motivation

Carbon pricing changes both a manufacturer's production decisions and its incentive to invest in cleaner technology. A carbon tax fixes the price of emissions in advance. Cap-and-trade fixes an emissions quota while the price of permits changes with market conditions. The comparison is especially sensitive to whether high product demand tends to coincide with a high permit price. Fan, Chen, and Chen study that interaction for a firm that chooses its technology before learning demand and then adjusts production after uncertainty is resolved. Their preprint finds that the preferred policy can change as demand and permit prices become more correlated. This mission concerns the paper's base model and its comparisons of consumer surplus and emissions.

Setting

A monopolist sells quantity qqq at the inverse demand price a−bqa-bqa−bq, where b>0b>0b>0 is demand sensitivity and the random variable aaa is market potential. A unit of output emits γ\gammaγ units of carbon. Before observing market conditions, the firm chooses γ∈[0,γ+]\gamma\in[0,\gamma^+]γ∈[0,γ+] by paying the technology investment cost β(γ+−γ)2\beta(\gamma^+-\gamma)^2β(γ+−γ)2. After observing demand and, under cap-and-trade, the permit price kkk, it chooses qqq. The operating profit is

π(q;γ,a,k)=(a−bq)q−(γq−w)k,q∗(γ,a,k)=a−γk2b.\pi(q;\gamma,a,k)=(a-bq)q-(\gamma q-w)k, \qquad q^*(\gamma,a,k)=\frac{a-\gamma k}{2b}.π(q;γ,a,k)=(a−bq)q−(γq−w)k,q∗(γ,a,k)=2ba−γk​.

Here www is the assigned emissions quota. If emissions are below www, the permit term is a receipt from selling unused permits. The carbon tax sets the carbon price to the mean permit price kˉ\bar kkˉ. Its term wkˉw\bar kwkˉ is the paper's lump-sum green subsidy, so the same www appears in both regimes. Under cap-and-trade, kkk remains random. These definitions follow §3 and equations (1)–(3) of the source preprint.

Let aˉ\bar aaˉ and kˉ\bar kkˉ be the means of aaa and kkk, let σD\sigma_DσD​ and σ\sigmaσ be their standard deviations, and let ρ\rhoρ be their correlation. The first-stage objectives ΠT(γ)\Pi_T(\gamma)ΠT​(γ) and ΠC(γ)\Pi_C(\gamma)ΠC​(γ) are expected operating profit under the tax and cap-and-trade, respectively, less the investment cost. Their maximizers on [0,γ+][0,\gamma^+][0,γ+] are denoted γT∗\gamma_T^*γT∗​ and γC∗\gamma_C^*γC∗​. Expected consumer surplus is the expected value of b(q∗)2/2b(q^*)^2/2b(q∗)2/2 in each regime, denoted CSTCS_TCST​ and CSCCS_CCSC​. Expected emissions are the expected values of γT∗qT∗\gamma_T^*q_T^*γT∗​qT∗​ and γC∗qC∗\gamma_C^*q_C^*γC∗​qC∗​, denoted STS_TST​ and SCS_CSC​. The welfare quantities are those of equations (8)–(9) in the preprint.

The paper's Assumption 1 requires sufficiently high investment cost, expressed by 4bβ>kˉ2+σ24b\beta>\bar k^2+\sigma^24bβ>kˉ2+σ2 and 4bβγ+>max⁡{aˉkˉ,aˉkˉ+ρσDσ}4b\beta\gamma^+>\max\{\bar a\bar k,\bar a\bar k+\rho\sigma_D\sigma\}4bβγ+>max{aˉkˉ,aˉkˉ+ρσD​σ}, together with a>γ+ka>\gamma^+ka>γ+k for realized demand and permit price. The comparison uses thresholds R0=(σ/σD)γT∗R_0=(\sigma/\sigma_D)\gamma_T^*R0​=(σ/σD​)γT∗​ and RRR, with 0<R<R00<R<R_00<R<R0​. The latter is specified by the piecewise formulas for ρ0\rho_0ρ0​ and ρ1\rho_1ρ1​ in Proposition 2(a) of the preprint.

Formalization targets

The target is Corollary 1(a)–(b), on pages 19–20 of the preprint. Its consumer-surplus part asserts the existence of two thresholds, R1<R<R0<R2R_1<R<R_0<R_2R1​<R<R0​<R2​, such that

CST>CSC⟺R1<ρ<R2.CS_T>CS_C\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad R_1<\rho<R_2.CST​>CSC​⟺R1​<ρ<R2​.

The thresholds depend on the fixed model parameters and moments, and the comparison holds for every admissible joint distribution with those moments. The emissions part compares STS_TST​ and SCS_CSC​ on each side of R0R_0R0​. For ρ<R0\rho<R_0ρ<R0​, it says ST<SCS_T<S_CST​<SC​ when γT∗+γC∗<aˉ/kˉ\gamma_T^*+\gamma_C^*<\bar a/\bar kγT∗​+γC∗​<aˉ/kˉ, and ST≥SCS_T\ge S_CST​≥SC​ otherwise. For ρ>R0\rho>R_0ρ>R0​, the strict comparison reverses and the other case becomes ST≤SCS_T\le S_CST​≤SC​. The printed corollary leaves ρ=R0\rho=R_0ρ=R0​ outside these two cases.

The supporting targets follow the source's attack path: the second-stage quantity in equation (1), the expected-profit moment forms in the proofs of Lemmas 1–2, the unique optimal emission intensities in Lemmas 1–2, the investment and profit comparisons in Propositions 1(a) and 2(a), and the consumer-surplus and emissions identities in the proof of Corollary 1.

Significance

The corollary separates two outcomes that a carbon policy can affect in different ways. It specifies when the tax yields higher expected consumer surplus and when it yields lower expected emissions, rather than inferring either outcome from the firm's profit alone. In the interval between RRR and R0R_0R0​, the source also identifies stronger clean-technology investment and higher firm profit under the tax. Its policy comparison can therefore be applied only after identifying the relevant correlation and the position of the optimal intensities relative to aˉ/kˉ\bar a/\bar kaˉ/kˉ.

The paper proves the result analytically. This formalization records its base model, expectation identities, and threshold comparisons as Lean statements. The goal and milestone proofs remain to be machine checked. A completed development would make the probabilistic moment calculations and the piecewise threshold reasoning reusable for other two-stage production models with correlated prices and demand.

Difficulty

The correlation changes the cap-and-trade investment choice, and that choice can reach the boundary γ+\gamma^+γ+. Consequently, the consumer-surplus comparison changes algebraic form across the boundary. The proof of Corollary 1 describes the surplus difference as a quadratic in ρ\rhoρ; this description applies to the interior branch, while the boundary branch is linear. The formal target is the full interval assertion across both branches. The threshold ρ0\rho_0ρ0​ also solves a quadratic equation with two roots; the relevant one is the smaller root in the domain allowed by Assumption 1.

Formalization scope

Lean represents aaa and kkk as real random variables on a probability space, with L2L^2L2 hypotheses so every quadratic expectation is integrable. Their means are integrals, their standard deviations are square roots of variance, and ρ\rhoρ is covariance divided by σDσ\sigma_D\sigmaσD​σ. The standing conditions are b>0b>0b>0, γ+>0\gamma^+>0γ+>0, kˉ>0\bar k>0kˉ>0, σD>0\sigma_D>0σD​>0, and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0; www is unrestricted. The paper's realized-demand clause is interpreted almost surely. These conditions keep the divisions in the formulas meaningful and state the paper's positive-price and nondegenerate-uncertainty conventions. The parameter-level conditions in the uniform consumer-surplus claim include the correlation-free consequences of Assumption 1.

Optimal intensities are maximizers of the expectation-based objectives on [0,γ+][0,\gamma^+][0,γ+]. The comparison statements quantify over arbitrary maximizers; the closed forms are established separately. The surplus thresholds R1,R2R_1,R_2R1​,R2​ are selected before quantifying over probability models with the fixed moments. This prevents them from depending on a particular realized correlation. Lean names γ+\gamma^+γ+ as γp and defines ρ0\rho_0ρ0​ using the smaller-root condition; its fallback value outside that condition is not used under the theorem hypotheses.

The scope is the base model with advance technology investment and full production flexibility in §§3–5. The case studies of §6 and the modified models of §7 and the Online Appendices A–B are outside this mission. Useful supporting work includes identities for expectations of products of L2L^2L2 variables, strict concavity and uniqueness of the first-stage maximizers, and the piecewise correlation thresholds.

Selected references

  • X. Fan, K. Chen, and Y.-J. Chen, Is Price Commitment a Better Solution to Control Carbon Emissions and Promote Technology Investment?, SSRN preprint 3817235, version of November 15, 2021; published in Management Science, 2022. Preprint. DOI.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems 5: Under LIFO Issuance a Simple Base-Stock Policy Has Gap ≤ 3θE[(S^NP−D)⁺]/(2m) and Is Asymptotically Optimal in p and θResearch Paper

Motivation

Blood platelets, fresh food and many pharmaceuticals have a fixed lifetime: a unit that has not been used within mmm periods of its arrival must be discarded. A retailer of such a product faces the usual trade-off between leftover stock and lost sales, plus the cost of discarding outdated units. The issuance policy, the order in which units of different ages are handed to customers, changes the problem. Under first-in-first-out (FIFO) the oldest units go first, as in a blood bank. Under last-in-first-out (LIFO) the newest units go first, as when shoppers pick the freshest milk at the back of the shelf, so that old stock tends to accumulate and outdate.

The optimal ordering policy of a perishable system depends on the full age profile of the stock (Nahmias 1975) and is intractable to compute except for small lifetimes. Practice uses base-stock policies, which raise the total inventory to a fixed level SSS in every period. Bu, Gong and Chao (SSRN 3724966, accepted in Management Science, 2022) give the first theoretical guarantees for such policies in perishable systems. This mission covers their LIFO results (§4.1).

Setting

Demands D1,D2,…D_1, D_2, \dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. copies of a nonnegative random variable DDD with 0<E[D]<∞0<\mathbb E[D]<\infty0<E[D]<∞ and distribution function FFF. Its lower support is D‾=inf⁡{x:F(x)>0}\underline D=\inf\{x:F(x)>0\}D​=inf{x:F(x)>0}, and DDD is unbounded when F(x)<1F(x)<1F(x)<1 for every xxx. Units live for m≥1m\ge 1m≥1 periods. Leftover stock costs h>0h>0h>0 per unit, a lost sale costs p>0p>0p>0, and an outdated unit costs an extra θ≥0\theta\ge 0θ≥0.

At the start of period ttt the state is xt=(xt,1,…,xt,m−1)x_t=(x_{t,1},\dots,x_{t,m-1})xt​=(xt,1​,…,xt,m−1​), where xt,ix_{t,i}xt,i​ is the stock whose remaining lifetime is at most iii periods, and xt,0=0x_{t,0}=0xt,0​=0. The firm orders qt≥0q_t\ge 0qt​≥0, which raises the total level to xt,m=xt,m−1+qtx_{t,m}=x_{t,m-1}+q_txt,m​=xt,m−1​+qt​. Demand is served newest-first and unmet demand is lost. The amount outdated and the next state are

ot=min⁡{(xt,m−Dt)+,xt,1},xt+1,i=min⁡{(xt,m−Dt)+,xt,i+1}−ot.o_t=\min\{(x_{t,m}-D_t)^+,x_{t,1}\},\qquad x_{t+1,i}=\min\{(x_{t,m}-D_t)^+,x_{t,i+1}\}-o_t .ot​=min{(xt,m​−Dt​)+,xt,1​},xt+1,i​=min{(xt,m​−Dt​)+,xt,i+1​}−ot​.

The system starts empty. A policy is admissible if each order is a nonnegative measurable function of the current state. Its long-run average cost is

Cπ=lim sup⁡T→∞1T∑t=1TE[h(xt,m−Dt)++p(Dt−xt,m)++θot],C^\pi=\limsup_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb E\big[h(x_{t,m}-D_t)^++p(D_t-x_{t,m})^++\theta o_t\big],Cπ=T→∞limsup​T1​t=1∑T​E[h(xt,m​−Dt​)++p(Dt​−xt,m​)++θot​],

and OPTLIFO\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}OPTLIFO is the infimum of CπC^\piCπ over all admissible policies. The base-stock policy πS\pi_SπS​ orders (S−xt,m−1)+(S-x_{t,m-1})^+(S−xt,m−1​)+, and its cost is CLIFO(S)C^{LIFO}(S)CLIFO(S).

The paper bounds CLIFO(S)C^{LIFO}(S)CLIFO(S) between two explicit functions (Lemma 3):

C^L(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θmE[(S−max⁡{D1,…,Dm})+],C^U(S)=(h+θm)E[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+].\hat C_L(S)=h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\tfrac{\theta}{m}\mathbb E[(S-\max\{D_1,\dots,D_m\})^+],\qquad \hat C_U(S)=\big(h+\tfrac{\theta}{m}\big)\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+].C^L​(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+mθ​E[(S−max{D1​,…,Dm​})+],C^U​(S)=(h+mθ​)E[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+].

The heuristic level S^\hat SS^ is any minimizer of (C^L+C^U)/2(\hat C_L+\hat C_U)/2(C^L​+C^U​)/2 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The newsvendor level is SNP=F−1(p/(p+h))S^{NP}=F^{-1}(p/(p+h))SNP=F−1(p/(p+h)). The proof also uses C~(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θmE[(S−∑i=1mDi)+]\widetilde C(S)=h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\frac{\theta}{m}\mathbb E[(S-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i)^+]C(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+mθ​E[(S−∑i=1m​Di​)+] and its minimizer S~\widetilde SS.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 16)

(a)CLIFO(S^)−OPTLIFO≤3θ E[(SNP−D)+]2m;\text{(a)}\quad C^{LIFO}(\hat S)-\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}\le\frac{3\theta\,\mathbb E[(S^{NP}-D)^+]}{2m};(a)CLIFO(S^)−OPTLIFO≤2m3θE[(SNP−D)+]​; (b)D unbounded ⇒ lim⁡p→∞CpLIFO(S^p)−OPTpLIFOOPTpLIFO=0;\text{(b)}\quad D\text{ unbounded}\ \Rightarrow\ \lim_{p\to\infty}\frac{C^{LIFO}_p(\hat S_p)-\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}_p}{\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}_p}=0;(b)D unbounded ⇒ p→∞lim​OPTpLIFO​CpLIFO​(S^p​)−OPTpLIFO​​=0; (c)D‾=0 ⇒ lim⁡θ→∞(CθLIFO(S^θ)−OPTθLIFO)=0.\text{(c)}\quad \underline D=0\ \Rightarrow\ \lim_{\theta\to\infty}\big(C^{LIFO}_\theta(\hat S_\theta)-\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}_\theta\big)=0.(c)D​=0 ⇒ θ→∞lim​(CθLIFO​(S^θ​)−OPTθLIFO​)=0.

All three parts are stated for every minimizer S^\hat SS^, and in (b) and (c) for every selection of minimizers as the parameter varies.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. The LIFO outdating recursion (EC.18) and its consequence (EC.19), ∑j=tt+m−1E[oj]≥E[(S−max⁡{D1,…,Dm})+]\sum_{j=t}^{t+m-1}\mathbb E[o_j]\ge\mathbb E[(S-\max\{D_1,\dots,D_m\})^+]∑j=tt+m−1​E[oj​]≥E[(S−max{D1​,…,Dm​})+].
  2. Lemma 3: C^L(S)≤CLIFO(S)≤C^U(S)\hat C_L(S)\le C^{LIFO}(S)\le\hat C_U(S)C^L​(S)≤CLIFO(S)≤C^U​(S).
  3. Proposition 2 for LIFO: OPTLIFO≥C~(S~)\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}\ge\widetilde C(\widetilde S)OPTLIFO≥C(S).
  4. The gap bound (27) and its uniform form (EC.20), CLIFO(S^)−OPTLIFO≤(m−1)θE[D]/mC^{LIFO}(\hat S)-\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}\le(m-1)\theta\mathbb E[D]/mCLIFO(S^)−OPTLIFO≤(m−1)θE[D]/m.
  5. The limits as θ→∞\theta\to\inftyθ→∞: (EC.21), S^θ→D‾\hat S_\theta\to\underline DS^θ​→D​ together with the vanishing outdating term, and (EC.22), lim sup⁡θCθLIFO(S^θ)≤p(E[D]−D‾)\limsup_\theta C^{LIFO}_\theta(\hat S_\theta)\le p(\mathbb E[D]-\underline D)limsupθ​CθLIFO​(S^θ​)≤p(E[D]−D​).

Significance

Part (a) gives a gap of order 1/m1/m1/m that holds for every demand law with finite mean. Parts (b) and (c) identify regimes in which a single explicit base-stock level is asymptotically optimal. Part (c) is sharp: the companion Proposition 1 (mission 6 of this series) shows that when m≥2m\ge 2m≥2 and SNP>D‾>0S^{NP}>\underline D>0SNP>D​>0, even the best base-stock policy stays a positive distance from optimal as θ→∞\theta\to\inftyθ→∞. Under FIFO the corresponding gap decays exponentially in mmm (Theorem 1, mission 1), so the two issuance rules behave differently. Whether the LIFO gap also decays exponentially is left open in the paper.

The results are proved in the paper but are not machine-checked anywhere. Prove2Me has no perishable lost-sales model with LIFO issuance. This mission provides one, built on the published demand layer and newsvendor functions, together with the sample-path recursion (EC.18), which is specific to LIFO.

Difficulty

CLIFO(S)C^{LIFO}(S)CLIFO(S) is a long-run average over a Markov chain on an (m−1)(m-1)(m−1)-dimensional state, and no closed form is known. The upper bound needs an accounting argument over windows of mmm periods. The lower bound needs the exact recursion (EC.18) for the outdating of a base-stock policy under LIFO, which differs from the FIFO recursion. Treating the system as a newsvendor problem with a correction term fails: the outdating cost of πS\pi_SπS​ lies strictly between the two bounds, and the minimizer of one bound is not a minimizer of the other. In (b) the absolute gap does not vanish, so the argument needs OPTpLIFO→∞\mathrm{OPT}^{LIFO}_p\to\inftyOPTpLIFO​→∞. In (c) the levels S^θ\hat S_\thetaS^θ​ and S~θ\widetilde S_\thetaSθ​ move with θ\thetaθ, and the limits must be controlled uniformly over all minimizers.

Formalization scope

  • Time is zero-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1.
  • State. The state is Fin (m - 1) → ℝ of cumulative levels, with xt,0=0x_{t,0}=0xt,0​=0. The case m=1m=1m=1 (empty state) is included.
  • Admissible policies Π\PiΠ are exactly the paper's class: time-dependent measurable state-feedback rules with nonnegative orders.
  • Costs take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with lower Lebesgue expectations and a limsup Cesàro average. C(S)C(S)C(S) is the simulated cost of πS\pi_SπS​ and is never defined by a formula.
  • Parameters. The standing assumptions m≥1m\ge 1m≥1, h>0h>0h>0, p>0p>0p>0, θ≥0\theta\ge 0θ≥0 are a predicate on a parameter record. Limits vary one field and keep the others fixed and general.
  • Gaps are stated as C≤OPT+BC\le\mathrm{OPT}+BC≤OPT+B. The ratio in (b) and the difference in (c) use real parts, and the statements assert the finiteness (and, in (b), the eventual positivity of OPT) that makes them meaningful.
  • Minimizers. "A minimizer" is a predicate, and the statements quantify over every minimizer.
  • Expectations. E[(S−max⁡{D1,…,Dm})+]\mathbb E[(S-\max\{D_1,\dots,D_m\})^+]E[(S−max{D1​,…,Dm​})+] is an expectation under the law of the maximum, built as the image of the i.i.d. path law, like the published leadTimeLaw.

No trivializing reading is admitted. OPT ranges over all admissible policies, not only base-stock ones. C(S)C(S)C(S) is not a formula. No gap can hold through ∞−∞\infty-\infty∞−∞ or division by zero. The parameters mmm, θ\thetaθ, ppp and the demand law are not specialized.

Proposition 2 holds under any issuance policy. Its FIFO instance and the FIFO lemmas are posed in mission 1 of this series, and only the LIFO instance is posed here. Lemma 3 and (EC.22) are also used in mission 6. Proofs of any milestone are welcome. Reusable infrastructure includes the law of the maximum of i.i.d. demands, convexity and continuity of the newsvendor cost, and existence of minimizers of C~\widetilde CC and (C^L+C^U)/2(\hat C_L+\hat C_U)/2(C^L​+C^U​)/2.

Selected references

  • X. Bu, X. Gong, X. Chao, Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems, Management Science (2022), accepted manuscript SSRN 3724966. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3724966
  • S. Nahmias, Optimal Ordering Policies for Perishable Inventory—II, Operations Research 23(4), 735–749, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.23.4.735
  • W. L. Cooper, Pathwise Properties and Performance Bounds for a Perishable Inventory System, Operations Research 49(3), 455–466, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.49.3.455.11221
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems 2: Under FIFO Issuance the Heuristic Base-Stock Policy's Optimality Gap Decays Exponentially in Demand Population SizeResearch Paper

Motivation

Perishable products (blood platelets, fresh food, pharmaceuticals) have a fixed lifetime: units not sold within mmm periods expire and are discarded. Managing such inventory well is a classical problem in operations research, going back to Nahmias (1975). The difficulty is that the state of the system is the whole age profile of the stock, so the optimal policy depends on an (m−1)(m-1)(m−1)-dimensional state and is intractable for realistic lifetimes. In practice firms use base-stock policies, which raise total stock to a fixed level SSS every period, but until recently there were no theoretical guarantees for them in the perishable setting.

Bu, Gong and Chao (SSRN 3724966, accepted by Management Science, 2022) give the first such guarantees. Under FIFO issuance with zero lead time they define a simple heuristic level S~\widetilde SS and bound its optimality gap explicitly (Theorem 1). This mission formalizes their Theorem 2: when demand is generated by a large population of customers, the optimality gap of the heuristic base-stock policy decays exponentially in the population size nnn. This regime corresponds to high-volume products, where demand is the sum of many small individual requests.

Setting

The inventory system. Time is divided into periods t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…. The product lasts m≥1m\ge1m≥1 periods. At the start of period ttt the state is xt=(xt,1,…,xt,m−1)x_t=(x_{t,1},\dots,x_{t,m-1})xt​=(xt,1​,…,xt,m−1​), where xt,ix_{t,i}xt,i​ is the stock whose remaining lifetime is at most iii periods. The firm orders qt≥0q_t\ge0qt​≥0, raising total stock to xt,m=xt,m−1+qtx_{t,m}=x_{t,m-1}+q_txt,m​=xt,m−1​+qt​ (zero lead time). Demand DtD_tDt​ is served oldest-first (FIFO); unmet demand is lost. The quantity ot=(xt,1−Dt)+o_t=(x_{t,1}-D_t)^+ot​=(xt,1​−Dt​)+ expires, and the remaining stock ages by one period:

xt+1,i=(xt,i+1−Dt−ot)+,i=1,…,m−1.x_{t+1,i}=(x_{t,i+1}-D_t-o_t)^+,\qquad i=1,\dots,m-1 .xt+1,i​=(xt,i+1​−Dt​−ot​)+,i=1,…,m−1.

The system starts empty. Each period costs h(xt,m−Dt)++p(Dt−xt,m)++θoth(x_{t,m}-D_t)^++p(D_t-x_{t,m})^++\theta o_th(xt,m​−Dt​)++p(Dt​−xt,m​)++θot​ with h>0h>0h>0, p>0p>0p>0, θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0. A policy π\piπ chooses qt=φtπ(xt)q_t=\varphi^\pi_t(x_t)qt​=φtπ​(xt​) by a non-negative measurable function of the current state. Its cost is Cπ=lim sup⁡T1T∑t≤TE[Ctπ]C^\pi=\limsup_T\frac1T\sum_{t\le T}\mathbb E[C^\pi_t]Cπ=limsupT​T1​∑t≤T​E[Ctπ​], and OPT=inf⁡πCπ\mathrm{OPT}=\inf_\pi C^\piOPT=infπ​Cπ. The base-stock policy πS\pi_SπS​ orders (S−xt,m−1)+(S-x_{t,m-1})^+(S−xt,m−1​)+; its cost is C(S)C(S)C(S).

The heuristic level. With D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… i.i.d. copies of the one-period demand DDD, let

C~(S)=h E[(S−D)+]+p E[(D−S)+]+θm E[(S−∑i=1mDi)+],\widetilde C(S)=h\,\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\,\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\tfrac{\theta}{m}\,\mathbb E\Big[\Big(S-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i\Big)^+\Big],C(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+mθ​E[(S−i=1∑m​Di​)+],

and let S~\widetilde SS be any minimizer of C~\widetilde CC over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). SNP=F−1(p/(p+h))S^{NP}=F^{-1}(p/(p+h))SNP=F−1(p/(p+h)) is the newsvendor level of DDD.

Demand population form (7). For a positive integer nnn, the one-period demand is

D(n)=∑j=1N(n)D^j,N(n)=sup⁡{N∈N:∑k=1NXk/n≤1},D(n)=\sum_{j=1}^{N(n)}\hat D_j,\qquad N(n)=\sup\Big\{N\in\mathbb N:\sum_{k=1}^NX_k/n\le1\Big\},D(n)=j=1∑N(n)​D^j​,N(n)=sup{N∈N:k=1∑N​Xk​/n≤1},

where the customer demands D^j\hat D_jD^j​ are i.i.d., non-negative, with mean μ>0\mu>0μ>0 and variance σ2<∞\sigma^2<\inftyσ2<∞, and the XkX_kXk​ are i.i.d., non-negative, independent of the D^j\hat D_jD^j​, with E[X1]=1\mathbb E[X_1]=1E[X1​]=1, variance σX2<∞\sigma_X^2<\inftyσX2​<∞, and E[esX1]<∞\mathbb E[e^{sX_1}]<\inftyE[esX1​]<∞ for some s>0s>0s>0. Thus N(n)N(n)N(n) is the number of renewals in [0,n][0,n][0,n]; N(n)=nN(n)=nN(n)=n when Xk≡1X_k\equiv1Xk​≡1, and D(n)D(n)D(n) is compound Poisson with mean nμn\munμ when the XkX_kXk​ are exponential. CnC_nCn​, OPTn\mathrm{OPT}_nOPTn​, C~n\widetilde C_nCn​, SnNPS^{NP}_nSnNP​ denote the objects above for demand D(n)D(n)D(n), with m,h,p,θm,h,p,\thetam,h,p,θ fixed.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 12)

There exist constants K1>0K_1>0K1​>0, K2>0K_2>0K2​>0 such that, for all sufficiently large nnn and every minimizer S~n\widetilde S_nSn​ of C~n\widetilde C_nCn​,

Cn(S~n)−OPTn≤K1e−K2n.C_n(\widetilde S_n)-\mathrm{OPT}_n\le K_1e^{-K_2n}.Cn​(Sn​)−OPTn​≤K1​e−K2​n.

The constants may depend on m,h,p,θm,h,p,\thetam,h,p,θ and the laws of D^1\hat D_1D^1​ and X1X_1X1​. The goal asserts only the exponential rate, not the explicit constants of the proof.

Milestones (proof order)

  1. (23), p. 23: for every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, Cn(S~)−OPTn≤(m−1)θλme(eλSnNP/m E[e−λD(n)])mC_n(\widetilde S)-\mathrm{OPT}_n\le\frac{(m-1)\theta}{\lambda me}\big(e^{\lambda S^{NP}_n/m}\,\mathbb E[e^{-\lambda D(n)}]\big)^mCn​(S)−OPTn​≤λme(m−1)θ​(eλSnNP​/mE[e−λD(n)])m.
  2. (EC.6), p. ec3: SnNP≤E[D(n)]+p Var[D(n)]/hS^{NP}_n\le\mathbb E[D(n)]+\sqrt{p\,\mathrm{Var}[D(n)]/h}SnNP​≤E[D(n)]+pVar[D(n)]/h​.
  3. (EC.7), p. ec4: E[D(n)]=μE[N(n)]\mathbb E[D(n)]=\mu\mathbb E[N(n)]E[D(n)]=μE[N(n)], Var[D(n)]=σ2E[N(n)]+μ2Var[N(n)]\mathrm{Var}[D(n)]=\sigma^2\mathbb E[N(n)]+\mu^2\mathrm{Var}[N(n)]Var[D(n)]=σ2E[N(n)]+μ2Var[N(n)].
  4. Renewal limits, p. ec4: E[N(n)]/n→1\mathbb E[N(n)]/n\to1E[N(n)]/n→1 and Var[N(n)]/n→σX2\mathrm{Var}[N(n)]/n\to\sigma_X^2Var[N(n)]/n→σX2​.
  5. Step-1 claim, p. ec3: for every k>1k>1k>1, SnNP≤kμnS^{NP}_n\le k\mu nSnNP​≤kμn for all large nnn.
  6. (EC.10)–(EC.11), pp. ec4–ec5: there is ν>0\nu>0ν>0, depending only on the law of X1X_1X1​, with P(N(n)<n/(1+δ))≤exp⁡(−δ2n/(8(1+δ)2ν2))\mathbb P(N(n)<n/(1+\delta))\le\exp(-\delta^2n/(8(1+\delta)^2\nu^2))P(N(n)<n/(1+δ))≤exp(−δ2n/(8(1+δ)2ν2)) for 0<δ<ν0<\delta<\nu0<δ<ν, n≥2(1+δ)/δn\ge2(1+\delta)/\deltan≥2(1+δ)/δ.
  7. (EC.8), p. ec4: under the same quantifiers, E[e−λD(n)]≤e−δ2n/(8(1+δ)2ν2)+(E[e−λD^1])n/(1+δ)\mathbb E[e^{-\lambda D(n)}]\le e^{-\delta^2n/(8(1+\delta)^2\nu^2)}+(\mathbb E[e^{-\lambda\hat D_1}])^{n/(1+\delta)}E[e−λD(n)]≤e−δ2n/(8(1+δ)2ν2)+(E[e−λD^1​])n/(1+δ).

The proof also uses the FIFO results (Lemmas 1–2, Proposition 2 and inequality (21)) that are posed in mission 1 of this series; they are not restated here, and (23) is their consequence at the population demand.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that the heuristic base-stock policy, which is computed from a one-dimensional convex function, is nearly optimal for high-volume perishable products: the loss from ignoring the age profile vanishes exponentially as demand scales. Together with Theorem 1 (exponential decay in the lifetime) it explains why simple base-stock rules perform well in practice, and it gives a quantitative criterion for when a firm can stop worrying about the optimal policy.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no part of it is machine-checked. A formalization adds a checked perishable inventory model (FIFO dynamics, admissible policies, long-run average cost), a random-sum demand model built on a renewal counting process, and checked versions of three classical probabilistic tools that the proof cites: Scarf's minimax bound for the newsvendor, Wald's identity with the law of total variance for random sums, and a lower-deviation bound for renewal counts from Bernstein's inequality for sub-exponential variables. The paper's justification of Var[N(n)]/n→σX2\mathrm{Var}[N(n)]/n\to\sigma_X^2Var[N(n)]/n→σX2​ cites convergence in distribution, which does not imply convergence of variances; the statement is still true, and a formal proof has to supply the renewal variance argument.

Difficulty

The cost comparison itself is inherited from Theorem 1; what is new is controlling both factors of (23) as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞. The level SnNPS^{NP}_nSnNP​ grows linearly in nnn, so the factor eλSnNP/me^{\lambda S^{NP}_n/m}eλSnNP​/m grows exponentially, and must be beaten by the decay of E[e−λD(n)]\mathbb E[e^{-\lambda D(n)}]E[e−λD(n)]. Neither factor is explicit: SnNPS^{NP}_nSnNP​ is a quantile of a compound distribution, and D(n)D(n)D(n) has a random number of summands. Simply replacing N(n)N(n)N(n) by its mean is not possible, because the lower tail of N(n)N(n)N(n) must be shown to be exponentially small with a rate that does not degrade with nnn; this needs a concentration inequality for the renewal count, not only a law of large numbers. When m=1m=1m=1 the right side of (23) is zero, so the substantive case is m≥2m\ge2m≥2, where the constants must be balanced to make the exponent negative. None of the needed tools (renewal theory, sub-exponential Bernstein, Scarf's bound) is in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • Namespace PerishBaseStock.Population. Demand laws are CappedBaseStock.DemandLaw (non-negative, finite positive mean); the newsvendor functions come from LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder; the renewal count is the counting variable N of SmithRenewal.Elementary at time nnn.
  • Time is zero-based; levels and orders live in [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), truncated subtraction is (⋅)+(\cdot)^+(⋅)+. The state is Fin (m - 1) → ℝ≥0 holding cumulative levels, with xt,0:=0x_{t,0}:=0xt,0​:=0; m=1m=1m=1 is allowed.
  • Costs are lower Lebesgue expectations in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; CπC^\piCπ is a limsup of Cesàro averages; OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is the infimum over all measurable state-feedback policies (the paper's class Π\PiΠ). C(S)C(S)C(S) is the simulated cost of πS\pi_SπS​, not a formula.
  • "S~\widetilde SS is a minimizer" is a predicate, and every statement quantifies over every minimizer. Gaps are stated as C≤OPT+BC\le\mathrm{OPT}+BC≤OPT+B.
  • The demand D(n)D(n)D(n) lives on the product of two independent i.i.d. sequence spaces. The family of systems is a sequence of demand laws whose nnn-th law equals that of D(n)D(n)D(n) for n≥1n\ge1n≥1; on the null event N(n)=∞N(n)=\inftyN(n)=∞ the sum is 000.
  • E[D^1]>0\mathbb E[\hat D_1]>0E[D^1​]>0 is assumed (the paper's standing E[D]>0\mathbb E[D]>0E[D]>0).
  • Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: OPT ranges over all admissible policies, C(S)C(S)C(S) is the long-run average of the simulated cost, the constants K1,K2K_1,K_2K1​,K2​ are required to be positive and to be chosen before nnn, mmm and θ\thetaθ are kept general, and the law of D(n)D(n)D(n) is a genuine pushforward (its measurability is checked).
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the compound-renewal demand model and milestones 2–4, 6 and 7, which are statements about random sums and renewal counts independent of inventory. Proofs of any milestone, and of the probabilistic lemmas in isolation, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Bu, X. Gong, X. Chao, Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems, Management Science, 2022; accepted manuscript SSRN 3724966. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3724966
  • S. Nahmias, Optimal ordering policies for perishable inventory II, Operations Research 23(4):735–749, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.23.4.735
  • H. Scarf, A min-max solution of an inventory problem, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • W. L. Smith, Renewal theory and its ramifications, J. R. Statist. Soc. B 20(2), 1958.
  • P. Rigollet, J.-C. Hütter, High Dimensional Statistics, lecture notes for course 18.S997, MIT, 2015 (Theorem 1.13, Bernstein's inequality for sub-exponential variables).
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems 3: Under FIFO Issuance the Heuristic Base-Stock Policy Is Asymptotically Optimal as the Unit Penalty Cost GrowsResearch Paper

Motivation

Perishable products, among them fresh food, blood platelets and pharmaceuticals, lose their value after a fixed number of periods. Their inventory control has been studied since the 1970s (Nahmias, Perishable inventory theory: a review, Operations Research 1982). The optimal policy of the standard lost-sales model depends on the whole age profile of the stock and is computationally intractable when the lifetime is long. Practitioners therefore use base-stock policies, which raise the total inventory to a fixed level every period. Before Bu, Gong & Chao (SSRN 3724966, accepted at Management Science, 2022), no guarantee was known on how far the best such policy, or any explicitly computable one, is from optimal.

This mission concerns the regime of a large unit penalty cost. Firms in retail and manufacturing often run at very high service levels (Huh et al. 2009; Wei et al. 2021), which in a cost-based model means that the unit lost-sales penalty ppp is much larger than the unit holding cost hhh. The question is whether a simple base-stock policy remains near-optimal as ppp grows.

Setting

A product has a fixed lifetime of m≥1m\ge1m≥1 periods. Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. copies of a non-negative random variable DDD with 0<E[D]<∞0<\mathbb E[D]<\infty0<E[D]<∞ and distribution function F(x)=P(D≤x)F(x)=\mathbb P(D\le x)F(x)=P(D≤x). At the start of period ttt the state is xt=(xt,1,…,xt,m−1)x_t=(x_{t,1},\dots,x_{t,m-1})xt​=(xt,1​,…,xt,m−1​), where xt,ix_{t,i}xt,i​ is the stock whose remaining lifetime is at most iii periods, and xt,0:=0x_{t,0}:=0xt,0​:=0. The firm orders qt≥0q_t\ge0qt​≥0 and the total level becomes xt,m=xt,m−1+qtx_{t,m}=x_{t,m-1}+q_txt,m​=xt,m−1​+qt​ (zero lead time). Demand is served oldest first (FIFO issuance) and unmet demand is lost. The outdated quantity is ot=(xt,1−Dt)+o_t=(x_{t,1}-D_t)^+ot​=(xt,1​−Dt​)+, and the dynamics are

xt+1,i=(xt,i+1−Dt−ot)+,i=1,…,m−1,x_{t+1,i}=(x_{t,i+1}-D_t-o_t)^+,\qquad i=1,\dots,m-1,xt+1,i​=(xt,i+1​−Dt​−ot​)+,i=1,…,m−1,

starting from the empty state x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. The period cost is Ctπ=h(xt,mπ−Dt)++p(Dt−xt,mπ)++θotπC^\pi_t=h(x^\pi_{t,m}-D_t)^++p(D_t-x^\pi_{t,m})^++\theta o^\pi_tCtπ​=h(xt,mπ​−Dt​)++p(Dt​−xt,mπ​)++θotπ​, with h>0h>0h>0, p>0p>0p>0 and an additional outdating cost θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0. An admissible policy orders qt=φtπ(xt)q_t=\varphi^\pi_t(x_t)qt​=φtπ​(xt​) with each φtπ\varphi^\pi_tφtπ​ a non-negative measurable function of the state. Its long-run average cost is Cπ=lim sup⁡T→∞1T∑t=1TE[Ctπ]C^\pi=\limsup_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb E[C^\pi_t]Cπ=limsupT→∞​T1​∑t=1T​E[Ctπ​], and OPT=inf⁡πCπ\mathrm{OPT}=\inf_\pi C^\piOPT=infπ​Cπ over all admissible policies.

The base-stock policy πS\pi_SπS​ orders (S−xt,m−1)+(S-x_{t,m-1})^+(S−xt,m−1​)+, and C(S)C(S)C(S) is its average cost. E[O∞(S)]\mathbb E[O_\infty(S)]E[O∞​(S)] is its long-run average outdated quantity. The heuristic level S~\widetilde SS is any minimizer over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) of

C~(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θmE[(S−∑i=1mDi)+].\widetilde C(S)=h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\frac\theta m\mathbb E\Big[\Big(S-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i\Big)^+\Big].C(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+mθ​E[(S−i=1∑m​Di​)+].

Two further objects appear: the upper support Dˉ=sup⁡{x:F(x)<1}∈[0,∞]\bar D=\sup\{x:F(x)<1\}\in[0,\infty]Dˉ=sup{x:F(x)<1}∈[0,∞] (demand is bounded when Dˉ<∞\bar D<\inftyDˉ<∞), and the floor level S‾=arg⁡min⁡S≥0{hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θS}\underline S=\arg\min_{S\ge0}\{h\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\theta S\}S​=argminS≥0​{hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θS}. A subscript ppp marks dependence on the penalty: CpC_pCp​, OPTp\mathrm{OPT}_pOPTp​, S~p\widetilde S_pSp​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 13)

lim⁡p→∞(Cp(S~p)−OPTp)=0,\lim_{p\to\infty}\big(C_p(\widetilde S_p)-\mathrm{OPT}_p\big)=0,p→∞lim​(Cp​(Sp​)−OPTp​)=0,

with mmm, hhh, θ\thetaθ and the demand law fixed, for every selection p↦S~pp\mapsto\widetilde S_pp↦Sp​ of minimizers. No boundedness assumption on demand is made.

Milestones

  1. (25), p. 24, for every demand law: C(S~)−OPT≤θ(E[(D−S~/m)+]−E[(1m∑i=1mDi−S~/m)+])C(\widetilde S)-\mathrm{OPT}\le\theta\big(\mathbb E[(D-\widetilde S/m)^+]-\mathbb E[(\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^mD_i-\widetilde S/m)^+]\big)C(S)−OPT≤θ(E[(D−S/m)+]−E[(m1​∑i=1m​Di​−S/m)+]).
  2. Lemma 6, p. 22: if Dˉ<∞\bar D<\inftyDˉ<∞, some optimal policy has xt,m≥S‾x_{t,m}\ge\underline Sxt,m​≥S​ in every period on every demand path.
  3. (20), p. 22: such a policy outdates cumulatively at least as much as πS‾\pi_{\underline S}πS​​, pathwise.
  4. Proposition 3, p. 22: if Dˉ<∞\bar D<\inftyDˉ<∞, OPT≥hE[(S‾−D)+]+θE[O∞(S‾)]\mathrm{OPT}\ge h\mathbb E[(\underline S-D)^+]+\theta\mathbb E[O_\infty(\underline S)]OPT≥hE[(S​−D)+]+θE[O∞​(S​)].
  5. (EC.13), p. ec6: if Dˉ<∞\bar D<\inftyDˉ<∞, pE[(D−S~)+]≤p(Dˉ−S~)P(D>S~)≤(h+θ)(Dˉ−S~)p\mathbb E[(D-\widetilde S)^+]\le p(\bar D-\widetilde S)\mathbb P(D>\widetilde S)\le(h+\theta)(\bar D-\widetilde S)pE[(D−S)+]≤p(Dˉ−S)P(D>S)≤(h+θ)(Dˉ−S).
  6. (EC.15), p. ec6: E[O∞(S2)]≤E[O∞(S1)]+S2−S1\mathbb E[O_\infty(S_2)]\le\mathbb E[O_\infty(S_1)]+S_2-S_1E[O∞​(S2​)]≤E[O∞​(S1​)]+S2​−S1​ for 0≤S1≤S20\le S_1\le S_20≤S1​≤S2​.
  7. (26), p. 24: if Dˉ<∞\bar D<\inftyDˉ<∞, C(S~)−OPT≤(h+θ)(Dˉ−S‾)C(\widetilde S)-\mathrm{OPT}\le(h+\theta)(\bar D-\underline S)C(S)−OPT≤(h+θ)(Dˉ−S​).

Significance

Theorem 3 shows that the explicitly computable policy πS~\pi_{\widetilde S}πS​ is asymptotically optimal in the high-service regime. The optimal policy is a function of the whole age vector, whereas S~\widetilde SS is the minimizer of a one-dimensional convex function. Together with the companion results of the paper, in the lifetime mmm, the demand population and the outdating cost θ\thetaθ, this gives a uniform picture of when a single stock level suffices for a perishable product. Lemma 6 and Proposition 3 are of independent interest: a uniform floor on the optimal order-up-to level and a lower bound on the optimal average cost that does not require solving the dynamic program.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been formalized. A machine-checked development requires a perishable inventory model, long-run average costs over an infinite i.i.d. demand path, and, for Lemma 6, the existence of an average-optimal policy. The last step requires a vanishing-discount argument.

Difficulty

The unbounded-demand case rests on (25). The lower bounds it combines (Lemma 2 and Proposition 2 of the paper) are posed in mission 1 of this series and only cited here. The bounded-demand case is harder. One would like to compare πS~\pi_{\widetilde S}πS​ with an optimal policy directly, but a priori there is no optimal policy at all: OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is an infimum over a large class of state-feedback policies on a continuous state space. Lemma 6 asserts that the infimum is attained, and attained by a policy whose order-up-to level never drops below S‾\underline SS​. The paper obtains it from the discounted problem (Nandakumar & Morton 1993) and a vanishing-discount limit, verifying the conditions of Schäl (1993, Theorem 3.8) and in particular a uniform bound on relative discounted values (EC.34). Schäl's theorem is posed separately on Prove2Me as a statement (SchalAvg.AvgOpt.theorem_3_8, not proved), which is context and not part of this mission. Bounding the lost-sales term by a quantity independent of ppp, as (EC.13) does, needs the first-order condition at a minimizer of C~\widetilde CC, which is a non-smooth convex function.

Formalization scope

  • Time is zero-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1.
  • State: Fin (m - 1) → ℝ of cumulative levels, with xt,0:=0x_{t,0}:=0xt,0​:=0, so m=1m=1m=1 (empty state, everything left over outdates) is included, not excluded.
  • Parameters: a record (m,h,p,θ)(m,h,p,\theta)(m,h,p,θ) with the standing hypotheses m≥1m\ge1m≥1, h>0h>0h>0, p>0p>0p>0, θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0. In Theorem 3 only the field ppp varies.
  • Expectations and costs are lower Lebesgue integrals over the i.i.d. path law (CappedBaseStock.demandPathLaw), valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Long-run averages are limsups of Cesàro averages.
  • Policies: the class Π\PiΠ of the paper: time-dependent, deterministic, measurable functions of the current state. OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is the infimum over all of Π\PiΠ, not over base-stock policies.
  • C(S)C(S)C(S) is the simulated long-run average cost of πS\pi_SπS​, not a formula. E[O∞(S)]\mathbb E[O_\infty(S)]E[O∞​(S)] is the long-run average outdating of πS\pi_SπS​ from the empty state.
  • S~\widetilde SS is any minimizer of C~\widetilde CC; all statements quantify over every minimizer. S‾\underline SS​ is the least minimizer of its function, the weaker choice for Lemma 6.
  • Gaps "A−OPT≤BA-\mathrm{OPT}\le BA−OPT≤B" are stated as A≤OPT+BA\le\mathrm{OPT}+BA≤OPT+B in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The limit uses real values, which is faithful because Cp(S)≤hS+pE[D]+θS<∞C_p(S)\le hS+p\mathbb E[D]+\theta S<\inftyCp​(S)≤hS+pE[D]+θS<∞.
  • Lemma 6 requires an exactly optimal policy and a floor on every demand path.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. OPT is not restricted to base-stock policies, C(S)C(S)C(S) is not defined by its formula (3), S~\widetilde SS is not replaced by a closed form, and mmm, θ\thetaθ, hhh and the demand law are kept general.

The FIFO lemmas the proof uses, namely Lemma 1, Lemma 2, Proposition 2 and the recursion (19), are posed in mission 1 of this series and are not restated. The development reuses the published demand layer CappedBaseStock_Model and the newsvendor functions LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder. A general vanishing-discount theorem for Borel-state average-cost control would be reusable well beyond this mission; contributions toward it, and toward the convexity and first-order conditions of newsvendor-type costs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • X. Bu, X. Gong, X. Chao, Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems, accepted manuscript, Management Science, 2022. SSRN 3724966, https://ssrn.com/abstract=3724966
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable inventory theory: a review, Operations Research 30(4), 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
  • P. Nandakumar, T. E. Morton, Near myopic heuristics for the fixed-life perishability problem, Management Science 39(12), 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.39.12.1490
  • M. Schäl, Average optimality in dynamic programming with general state space, Mathematics of Operations Research 18(1), 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.1.163
  • W. T. Huh, G. Janakiraman, J. A. Muckstadt, P. Rusmevichientong, Asymptotic optimality of order-up-to policies in lost sales inventory systems, Management Science 55(3), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0945
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Design for Congested Social Services: Optimal Need-Based Persuasion 3: Information Design Pareto-Dominates Full Information Exactly When Low-Need Arrivals Exceed a ThresholdResearch Paper

Motivation

Public and nonprofit services such as food banks, shelters, free clinics and legal aid often run with too little capacity and serve two kinds of users: people with no alternative, and people who have a reasonable outside option. When the queue is long, a user who has an alternative but joins anyway imposes waiting costs on everyone behind them, including the users who cannot go elsewhere. Pricing is usually ruled out in such settings, which leaves the provider one lever: what it tells arriving users about congestion.

Anunrojwong, Iyer and Manshadi (arXiv:2005.07253v3; Management Science, 2023) study this lever as a Bayesian persuasion problem in a queue, building on the revenue-maximization model of Lingenbrink and Iyer (Operations Research 67(5):1397–1416, 2019). The natural benchmark is full information: announce the queue length and let users decide. This mission formalizes the paper's answer to when full information can be improved for both user types at once, and by how much.

Setting

A single server serves users first come, first served, with exponential service times of rate 111. High-need users (type H) arrive as a Poisson stream of rate λH≥0\lambda_H\ge0λH​≥0 and always join. Low-need users (type L) arrive at rate λL>0\lambda_L>0λL​>0 and either join or take an outside option worth 000. Write λ=λL+λH≤1\lambda=\lambda_L+\lambda_H\le1λ=λL​+λH​≤1. A type-iii user who joins with nnn users already present receives utility ui(n)u_i(n)ui​(n). The standing assumptions are ui(0)>0u_i(0)>0ui​(0)>0, ui(k)<0u_i(k)<0ui​(k)<0 for some kkk, each uiu_iui​ strictly decreasing, and the increments uL(n)−uL(n+1)u_L(n)-u_L(n+1)uL​(n)−uL​(n+1) non-increasing (Assumption 1).

By a revelation-principle argument (Lemma 1 of the paper, from Lingenbrink and Iyer), a recommendation mechanism that users obey is described by the queue's stationary distribution π=(πn)n≥0\pi=(\pi_n)_{n\ge0}π=(πn​)n≥0​. An admission policy is a distribution with λHπn≤πn+1≤λπn\lambda_H\pi_n\le\pi_{n+1}\le\lambda\pi_nλH​πn​≤πn+1​≤λπn​ for all nnn; their set is ΠAP\Pi_{AP}ΠAP​. A signaling mechanism is an admission policy that also satisfies the obedience constraints

J(π)=∑n≥0(πn+1−λHπn)uL(n)≥0,L(π)=∑n≥0(λπn−πn+1)uL(n)≤0,J(\pi)=\sum_{n\ge0}(\pi_{n+1}-\lambda_H\pi_n)u_L(n)\ge0,\qquad L(\pi)=\sum_{n\ge0}(\lambda\pi_n-\pi_{n+1})u_L(n)\le0,J(π)=n≥0∑​(πn+1​−λH​πn​)uL​(n)≥0,L(π)=n≥0∑​(λπn​−πn+1​)uL​(n)≤0,

called (JOIN) and (LEAVE); their set is ΠSM\Pi_{SM}ΠSM​. The welfare of the two types is WL(π)=J(π)W_L(\pi)=J(\pi)WL​(π)=J(π) and WH(π)=λH∑nπnuH(n)W_H(\pi)=\lambda_H\sum_n\pi_nu_H(n)WH​(π)=λH​∑n​πn​uH​(n). A policy π^\hat\piπ^ Pareto-dominates π\piπ if it is at least as good for both types and strictly better for one; π\piπ is Pareto-efficient within a class if no member of the class dominates it.

A threshold policy πx\pi_xπx​, x=m+a≥0x=m+a\ge0x=m+a≥0, admits L users when fewer than mmm users are present, admits them with probability aaa at mmm, and turns them away above mmm. Write WL(x)W_L(x)WL​(x), WH(x)W_H(x)WH​(x) and L(x)L(x)L(x) for its welfare and (LEAVE) value. The full-information threshold mfim_{fi}mfi​ is the smallest kkk with uL(k)<0u_L(k)<0uL​(k)<0, and the full-information mechanism is fi=πmfi\mathsf{fi}=\pi_{m_{fi}}fi=πmfi​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3(1)–(2)

For λH∈(0,1)\lambda_H\in(0,1)λH​∈(0,1), with uL,uHu_L,u_HuL​,uH​ fixed, there is a threshold ΛˉL(λH)∈(0,1−λH]\bar\Lambda_L(\lambda_H)\in(0,1-\lambda_H]ΛˉL​(λH​)∈(0,1−λH​] such that some signaling mechanism Pareto-dominates fi\mathsf{fi}fi if and only if λL≥ΛˉL(λH)\lambda_L\ge\bar\Lambda_L(\lambda_H)λL​≥ΛˉL​(λH​), and

ΛˉL(λH) ≥ (1−λH) uL(mfi−1)uL(0)−∑k=1mfi−1λHk(uL(k−1)−uL(k)) > 0.\bar\Lambda_L(\lambda_H)\ \ge\ (1-\lambda_H)\,\frac{u_L(m_{fi}-1)}{u_L(0)-\sum_{k=1}^{m_{fi}-1}\lambda_H^k\big(u_L(k-1)-u_L(k)\big)}\ >\ 0 .ΛˉL​(λH​) ≥ (1−λH​)uL​(0)−∑k=1mfi​−1​λHk​(uL​(k−1)−uL​(k))uL​(mfi​−1)​ > 0.

If moreover λ<1\lambda<1λ<1, uL(mfi−1)≤WL(fi)u_L(m_{fi}-1)\le W_L(\mathsf{fi})uL​(mfi​−1)≤WL​(fi), uH(mfi)≤WH(fi)u_H(m_{fi})\le W_H(\mathsf{fi})uH​(mfi​)≤WH​(fi), L(mfi−1)≤0L(m_{fi}-1)\le0L(mfi​−1)≤0 and WH(fi)>0W_H(\mathsf{fi})>0WH​(fi)>0, then a signaling mechanism sm\mathsf{sm}sm exists with

WL(sm)≥βL,smWL(fi),WH(sm)≥βH,smWH(fi),W_L(\mathsf{sm})\ge\beta_{L,sm}W_L(\mathsf{fi}),\qquad W_H(\mathsf{sm})\ge\beta_{H,sm}W_H(\mathsf{fi}),WL​(sm)≥βL,sm​WL​(fi),WH​(sm)≥βH,sm​WH​(fi),

where βL,sm=1+λH(1−λ)λLλmfi−11−λH−λLλmfi−1>1\beta_{L,sm}=1+\frac{\lambda_H(1-\lambda)\lambda_L\lambda^{m_{fi}-1}}{1-\lambda_H-\lambda_L\lambda^{m_{fi}-1}}>1βL,sm​=1+1−λH​−λL​λmfi​−1λH​(1−λ)λL​λmfi​−1​>1 and βH,sm=1+(1−λH)(1−λ)λLλmfi−11−λH−λLλmfi−1>1\beta_{H,sm}=1+\frac{(1-\lambda_H)(1-\lambda)\lambda_L\lambda^{m_{fi}-1}}{1-\lambda_H-\lambda_L\lambda^{m_{fi}-1}}>1βH,sm​=1+1−λH​−λL​λmfi​−1(1−λH​)(1−λ)λL​λmfi​−1​>1.

Milestones

  • Lemma 3: the geometric sandwich λHk−qπq≤πk≤λk−qπq\lambda_H^{k-q}\pi_q\le\pi_k\le\lambda^{k-q}\pi_qλHk−q​πq​≤πk​≤λk−qπq​ on ΠAP\Pi_{AP}ΠAP​.
  • Theorems 1 and 2: Pareto-efficient signaling mechanisms and admission policies have a threshold structure with threshold at most mfim_{fi}mfi​.
  • Lemma 2: maximizers of θWL+(1−θ)WH\theta W_L+(1-\theta)W_HθWL​+(1−θ)WH​ exist.
  • Theorem 3: when (LEAVE) is slack, efficiency within ΠSM\Pi_{SM}ΠSM​ and within ΠAP\Pi_{AP}ΠAP​ coincide.
  • Lemma 5(1)–(2): WH(x)W_H(x)WH​(x) is strictly decreasing, and WL(x)W_L(x)WL​(x) is unimodal and monotone between consecutive integers.
  • fi∈ΠSM\mathsf{fi}\in\Pi_{SM}fi∈ΠSM​ with L(fi)<0L(\mathsf{fi})<0L(fi)<0.
  • Theorem 4: exactly one of "fi\mathsf{fi}fi is Pareto-efficient among admission policies" and "a signaling mechanism dominates fi\mathsf{fi}fi" holds, the first if and only if WL(mfi)>WL(mfi−1)W_L(m_{fi})>W_L(m_{fi}-1)WL​(mfi​)>WL​(mfi​−1).
  • From the proof of Proposition 3: the equivalence of that condition with f(λL,λH)<0f(\lambda_L,\lambda_H)<0f(λL​,λH​)<0, an identity for WL(m−1)W_L(m-1)WL​(m−1) and an inequality for WH(m−1)W_H(m-1)WH​(m−1), for 1≤m≤mfi1\le m\le m_{fi}1≤m≤mfi​.

Significance

The proposition gives a clean regime split. Full information is already Pareto-efficient when low-need demand is light. Once λL\lambda_LλL​ crosses an explicit level, revealing everything leaves welfare on the table for both types, so a provider who cares about either group has a reason to hide some queue information. The lower bound on ΛˉL\bar\Lambda_LΛˉL​ is explicit in the primitives, and the factors βL,sm,βH,sm\beta_{L,sm},\beta_{H,sm}βL,sm​,βH,sm​ give a guaranteed improvement, not only an existence statement. Theorem 4, the milestone behind part 1, reduces the comparison to two adjacent thresholds.

The paper proves these results on paper. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formal development checks the "little algebra" steps that the paper compresses (the equivalence with f<0f<0f<0, the welfare identities of p. 41–42). It also produces a reusable layer for persuasion in birth–death queues: obedient mechanisms as distributions, threshold policies, and Pareto efficiency within a class. The companion missions of this series (threshold structure, the homogeneous case, first-best) are stated over the same layer.

Difficulty

The threshold ΛˉL\bar\Lambda_LΛˉL​ comes from analysing the sign of f(⋅,λH)f(\cdot,\lambda_H)f(⋅,λH​) on (0,1−λH](0,1-\lambda_H](0,1−λH​]. Translating "fi is not dominated" into that sign condition is where the work lies. The obvious attempt, comparing fi\mathsf{fi}fi only with nearby threshold policies, settles one direction: if WL(mfi−1)≥WL(mfi)W_L(m_{fi}-1)\ge W_L(m_{fi})WL​(mfi​−1)≥WL​(mfi​), the threshold mfi−1m_{fi}-1mfi​−1 dominates. The converse needs every competitor in ΠAP\Pi_{AP}ΠAP​, not just threshold policies. That requires the structure theorem for efficient admission policies, the existence of maximizers, and unimodality of WLW_LWL​, followed by a transfer from ΠAP\Pi_{AP}ΠAP​ to ΠSM\Pi_{SM}ΠSM​ that only works because (LEAVE) is slack at fi\mathsf{fi}fi. The welfare series are infinite, and the threshold family is parametrised by a real xxx whose fractional part enters nonlinearly, so the comparisons are not finite-dimensional linear algebra.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated over a structure Model with real fields λL,λH\lambda_L,\lambda_HλL​,λH​ and utilities uL,uH:N→Ru_L,u_H:\mathbb N\to\mathbb RuL​,uH​:N→R, with a predicate Standing holding the standing assumptions (lim⁡kui(k)<0\lim_ku_i(k)<0limk​ui​(k)<0 is encoded as ∃k, ui(k)<0\exists k,\ u_i(k)<0∃k, ui​(k)<0). Queue lengths are natural numbers, and the two types are separate fields. Membership in ΠAP\Pi_{AP}ΠAP​ includes summability of πnuL(n)\pi_nu_L(n)πn​uL​(n) and πnuH(n)\pi_nu_H(n)πn​uH​(n): the paper treats all welfare as finite, and an unrestricted tsum would assign 000 to divergent welfare. WLW_LWL​ is the right-hand form of (2), with no division by λLπn\lambda_L\pi_nλL​πn​. A finite threshold requires π∈ΠAP\pi\in\Pi_{AP}π∈ΠAP​, πm>0\pi_m>0πm​>0 and a joining fraction in [0,1][0,1][0,1], as in Definition 2. Threshold policies are defined from their unnormalised weights, fi\mathsf{fi}fi is πmfi\pi_{m_{fi}}πmfi​​ as a distribution, and Pareto efficiency is Definition 1 within an explicit class. "Exactly one" is exclusive or.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in the item that carries it:

  1. Convergence of ∑nλHnuH(n)\sum_n\lambda_H^nu_H(n)∑n​λHn​uH​(n). This is the finite-welfare convention, equivalent to ΠAP≠∅\Pi_{AP}\ne\emptysetΠAP​=∅ when λH>0\lambda_H>0λH​>0.
  2. Lemma 2's hypothesis (λ<1\lambda<1λ<1, or uL,uH→−∞u_L,u_H\to-\inftyuL​,uH​→−∞) wherever existence of maximizers is used.
  3. uL(mfi−1)≠0u_L(m_{fi}-1)\ne0uL​(mfi​−1)=0 in Proposition 3. Without it the claimed ΛˉL>0\bar\Lambda_L>0ΛˉL​>0 is false.
  4. λH>0\lambda_H>0λH​>0 in Lemma 5(1) and Theorem 4, as required by §4.2's heterogeneous setting. For λH=0\lambda_H=0λH​=0, WH≡0W_H\equiv0WH​≡0, and Theorem 4's strict adjacent-threshold comparison can fail at a tie.

The page's range λL∈[ΛˉL,1)\lambda_L\in[\bar\Lambda_L,1)λL​∈[ΛˉL​,1) is intersected with λ≤1\lambda\le1λ≤1. In part 2, "sm\mathsf{sm}sm" is read existentially.

Ruled out as trivializing: choosing ΛˉL\bar\Lambda_LΛˉL​ after λL\lambda_LλL​ (the goal quantifies it once, with λH,uL,uH\lambda_H,u_L,u_HλH​,uL​,uH​ fixed); defining fi\mathsf{fi}fi through its welfare; replacing Pareto efficiency by maximization of a weighted welfare; replacing exclusive or by inclusive or; and any constant that differs from the page's βL,sm\beta_{L,sm}βL,sm​, βH,sm\beta_{H,sm}βH,sm​ or lower bound symbol for symbol.

A complete development needs geometric and arithmetico-geometric series, rearrangement of infinite sums over N\mathbb NN, and convexity arguments in the space of summable sequences. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are lemmas about threshold policies that the other missions of the series can reuse.

Selected references

  • J. Anunrojwong, K. Iyer, V. Manshadi, Information Design for Congested Social Services: Optimal Need-Based Persuasion, Management Science, 2023; read as arXiv:2005.07253v3 (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2005.07253
  • D. Lingenbrink, K. Iyer, Optimal Signaling Mechanisms in Unobservable Queues, Operations Research 67(5):1397–1416, 2019.
  • E. Kamenica, M. Gentzkow, Bayesian Persuasion, American Economic Review 101(6), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.101.6.2590
  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 5th ed., Wiley, 2018.
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian 1: NAPP-AL Drives the Best Stationarity Residual to Zero at Rate o(1/√k)Research Paper

Motivation

Many models in statistics, machine learning and engineering are nonconvex, nonsmooth and coupled by constraints: a sparsity penalty such as SCAD, MCP or capped-ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ on one block of variables, a smooth loss coupling the blocks, and a nonlinear equality constraint tying them together. Augmented-Lagrangian methods and ADMM-type splittings are the workhorses for such problems, but most convergence theory for them assumes linear constraints or convexity. Zhu, Zhao and Zhang (arXiv:2007.12219v1, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) propose a first-order primal-dual method, NAPP-AL (nonconvex auxiliary problem principle with augmented Lagrangian), for a nonconvex problem with a nonlinear coupling constraint, and prove that it reaches approximate stationarity at a sublinear rate. This mission targets that rate result and the chain of lemmas behind it.

Setting

Fix dimensions n,d,mn,d,mn,d,m. Problem (P) is

min⁡u∈U, v∈RdF(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,Θ:=Ω+Φ,\min_{u\in U,\ v\in\mathbb R^d} F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\Theta(u)+Bv=0,\qquad\Theta:=\Omega+\Phi,u∈U, v∈Rdmin​F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,Θ:=Ω+Φ,

where GGG and HHH are differentiable with Lipschitz gradients, JJJ is lower semicontinuous and possibly nonconvex and nonsmooth, U⊆RnU\subseteq\mathbb R^nU⊆Rn is closed and convex, Θ:Rn→Rm\Theta:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mΘ:Rn→Rm is Lipschitz with constant LΘ0L^0_\ThetaLΘ0​, each component of Ω\OmegaΩ has a Lipschitz gradient (constants LΩjL_{\Omega_j}LΩj​​, LΩ=∑jLΩjL_\Omega=\sum_jL_{\Omega_j}LΩ​=∑j​LΩj​​), and BBB is an m×dm\times dm×d matrix with Im⁡Θ⊆Im⁡B\operatorname{Im}\Theta\subseteq\operatorname{Im}BImΘ⊆ImB. These are Assumption 1 (H1)–(H7); (H7) asks FFF to be bounded below and coercive on the feasible set {(u,v):Θ(u)+Bv=0}\{(u,v):\Theta(u)+Bv=0\}{(u,v):Θ(u)+Bv=0}.

The augmented Lagrangian of (P) at w=(u,v,p)w=(u,v,p)w=(u,v,p) is

Lγ(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+γ2∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2.\mathcal L_\gamma(w)=F(u,v)+\langle p,\Theta(u)+Bv\rangle+\frac\gamma2\|\Theta(u)+Bv\|^2 .Lγ​(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+2γ​∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2.

Its stationarity set ∂Lγ(w)\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)∂Lγ​(w) (p. 6) collects the triples (ξu,ξv,ξp)(\xi_u,\xi_v,\xi_p)(ξu​,ξv​,ξp​) with, for y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv)y=p+\gamma(\Theta(u)+Bv)y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv),

ξu∈∇uG(u,v)+∂J(u)+NU(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y,ξv=∇vG(u,v)+∇H(v)+B⊤y,ξp=Θ(u)+Bv,\xi_u\in\nabla_uG(u,v)+\partial J(u)+N_U(u)+(\nabla\Theta(u))^\top y,\quad\xi_v=\nabla_vG(u,v)+\nabla H(v)+B^\top y,\quad\xi_p=\Theta(u)+Bv,ξu​∈∇u​G(u,v)+∂J(u)+NU​(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y,ξv​=∇v​G(u,v)+∇H(v)+B⊤y,ξp​=Θ(u)+Bv,

where ∂J\partial J∂J is the limiting subdifferential and NUN_UNU​ the normal cone of UUU. A stationary point is a www with 0∈∂Lγ(w)0\in\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)0∈∂Lγ​(w), and dist⁡(0,S)=inf⁡ξ∈S∥ξ∥\operatorname{dist}(0,S)=\inf_{\xi\in S}\|\xi\|dist(0,S)=infξ∈S​∥ξ∥, with dist⁡(0,∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(0,\emptyset)=+\inftydist(0,∅)=+∞.

NAPP-AL takes a β\betaβ-strongly convex KKK with Lipschitz gradient (Bregman distance D(u,u′)=K(u)−K(u′)−⟨∇K(u′),u−u′⟩D(u,u')=K(u)-K(u')-\langle\nabla K(u'),u-u'\rangleD(u,u′)=K(u)−K(u′)−⟨∇K(u′),u−u′⟩), a penalty γ>57+12λmin⁡(B⊤B)(LG+LH)\gamma>\frac{\sqrt{57}+1}{2\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)}(L_G+L_H)γ>2λmin​(B⊤B)57​+1​(LG​+LH​) (Assumption 2) and 0<σ<10<\sigma<10<σ<1. With qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk)q^k=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^k)+Bv^k)qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk) it sets uk+1u^{k+1}uk+1 to a global minimizer over UUU of the linearized model

⟨∇uG(uk,vk),u⟩+J(u)+⟨qk,∇Ω(uk)u+Φ(u)⟩+1ϵkD(u,uk),\langle\nabla_uG(u^k,v^k),u\rangle+J(u)+\langle q^k,\nabla\Omega(u^k)u+\Phi(u)\rangle+\tfrac1{\epsilon^k}D(u,u^k),⟨∇u​G(uk,vk),u⟩+J(u)+⟨qk,∇Ω(uk)u+Φ(u)⟩+ϵk1​D(u,uk),

vk+1v^{k+1}vk+1 to the minimizer of a strongly convex quadratic, and pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1)p^{k+1}=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^{k+1})+Bv^{k+1})pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1). The step ϵk\epsilon^kϵk lies in [σδk,δk][\sigma\delta_k,\delta_k][σδk​,δk​], with δk\delta_kδk​ given by the explicit formula (8), which depends on ∥qk∥\|q^k\|∥qk∥. The analysis runs through the potential

Λk=Lγ(wk)+c1∥uk−1−uk∥2+c2∥vk−1−vk∥2+12γ∥pk−1−pk∥2(18)\Lambda^k=\mathcal L_\gamma(w^k)+c_1\|u^{k-1}-u^k\|^2+c_2\|v^{k-1}-v^k\|^2+\tfrac1{2\gamma}\|p^{k-1}-p^k\|^2 \tag{18}Λk=Lγ​(wk)+c1​∥uk−1−uk∥2+c2​∥vk−1−vk∥2+2γ1​∥pk−1−pk∥2(18)

with explicit constants c1,c2c_1,c_2c1​,c2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.1 (p. 18)

Under Assumptions 1 and 2, with δk\delta_kδk​ set by (8),

min⁡1≤j≤kdist⁡(0,∂Lγ(wj))=o(1/k).\min_{1\le j\le k}\operatorname{dist}\big(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^j)\big)=o\big(1/\sqrt k\big).1≤j≤kmin​dist(0,∂Lγ​(wj))=o(1/k​).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (p. 9): dist⁡(0,∂Lγ(wk+1))≤3 h(uk,pk)∥wk−wk+1∥\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1}))\le\sqrt3\,h(u^k,p^k)\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|dist(0,∂Lγ​(wk+1))≤3​h(uk,pk)∥wk−wk+1∥ with the paper's explicit hhh (see the scope section for the factor 3\sqrt33​).
  2. Lemma 4.1 (p. 11): the dual step ∥pk−pk+1∥\|p^k-p^{k+1}\|∥pk−pk+1∥ is controlled by the primal steps.
  3. Lemma 4.2 (pp. 11–12): one-step change estimates for Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​.
  4. Lemma 4.3 (p. 15): sufficient decrease Λk+1−Λk≤−c3∥wk−wk+1∥2\Lambda^{k+1}-\Lambda^k\le-c_3\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2Λk+1−Λk≤−c3​∥wk−wk+1∥2 with c3=min⁡{12,c4,13γ}>0c_3=\min\{\frac12,c_4,\frac1{3\gamma}\}>0c3​=min{21​,c4​,3γ1​}>0.
  5. Theorem 4.1 (p. 16): Λk\Lambda^kΛk converges, the iterates are bounded with vanishing steps, the residuals vanish, and every cluster point is stationary.

Significance

The result gives NAPP-AL an iteration complexity of O(1/ε2)O(1/\varepsilon^2)O(1/ε2) to reach an ε\varepsilonε-stationary point (Remark 4.1), for problems with a nonlinear, nonconvex coupling constraint and a nonsmooth nonconvex regularizer, using only gradient evaluations and one proximal-type subproblem per iteration. It is also the base layer for the paper's later results: linear convergence under an error bound (Theorem 5.1) and the sufficient conditions for that error bound (Propositions 6.1–6.2) all start from Theorem 4.1 and Lemma 4.3.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is formalized elsewhere. A formal development adds a machine-checked Lyapunov analysis of an augmented-Lagrangian method with nonlinear constraints, with every constant explicit. It also records a correction: Proposition 3.1 as printed is false by a factor of at most 3\sqrt33​, and the corrected bound is what the paper's proof establishes.

Difficulty

The difficulty is the dual variable. The multiplier update has no step size of its own, so the augmented Lagrangian itself need not decrease along the iterates, and the obvious descent argument for Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ fails; the step δk\delta_kδk​ of (8) depends on the current multiplier estimate ∥qk∥\|q^k\|∥qk∥, so even the step sizes are not uniformly bounded a priori. Boundedness of the iterates is not a hypothesis, and the iterates are infeasible, so coercivity of FFF on the feasible set does not apply to them directly. The rate needs the residual bound of Proposition 3.1 with a constant uniform in kkk, while h(uk,pk)h(u^k,p^k)h(uk,pk) depends on ∥qk∥\|q^k\|∥qk∥ and δk\delta_kδk​. Passing to cluster points involves the limiting subdifferential of a nonconvex, nonsmooth JJJ, which is not closed under arbitrary convergence of its arguments.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces and norms. Points are in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k). The norm of a triple (u,v,p)(u,v,p)(u,v,p) is the Euclidean norm of the stacked vector, defined explicitly; Mathlib's sup norm on products is never used. BBB is a continuous linear map with its operator (spectral) norm and adjoint; λmin⁡(B⊤B)\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)λmin​(B⊤B) is the Rayleigh minimum over the unit sphere.
  • Residual. dist⁡(0,⋅)\operatorname{dist}(0,\cdot)dist(0,⋅) takes values in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞] and equals +∞+\infty+∞ on the empty set, as on p. 5. Metric.infDist (zero on ∅\emptyset∅) is not used; with it, every residual bound would hold whenever ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​ is empty. The goal is stated as k⋅inf⁡1≤j≤kdist⁡(0,∂Lγ(wj))→0\sqrt k\cdot\inf_{1\le j\le k}\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^j))\to0k​⋅inf1≤j≤k​dist(0,∂Lγ​(wj))→0 in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], not as a big-O bound.
  • Stationarity. ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​ is the p. 6 display with the limiting subdifferential of JJJ (the published NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff) and the normal cone of UUU, which is empty off UUU, so that stationarity forces u∈Uu\in Uu∈U.
  • Algorithm. NAPP-AL is a relation on given sequences: uk+1u^{k+1}uk+1 is any global minimizer of the uuu-subproblem over UUU, whose existence is assumed by the paper (Remark 3.2), not asserted. The starting point is free.
  • Standing readings of Assumption 1, disclosed in the items: G,H,JG,H,JG,H,J are real valued with gradients Lipschitz on the whole space; "JJJ locally Lipschitz on dom⁡J∩U\operatorname{dom}J\cap UdomJ∩U" is read as Lipschitz on a neighbourhood in Rn\mathbb R^nRn of each point of UUU (not Mathlib's relative LocallyLipschitzOn); λmin⁡(B⊤B)>0\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)>0λmin​(B⊤B)>0 (full column rank, invoked in the proof of Lemma 4.2); (H7) is coercivity on the feasible set only.
  • Indices. Λk\Lambda^kΛk and the lemmas involving wk−1w^{k-1}wk−1 are stated for k≥1k\ge1k≥1.
  • Printed slips. Proposition 3.1 carries the factor 3\sqrt33​ (the printed bound fails on a one-dimensional instance with ratio about 1.1081.1081.108). Theorem 4.1(iv) prints "∂Lγ(uk)\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(u^k)∂Lγ​(uk)"; it is stated at wk+1w^{k+1}wk+1, as Proposition 3.1 and the later sections use it.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order, general facts about limiting subdifferentials and normal cones of convex sets (sum rule with a locally Lipschitz function, closedness under attentive convergence), and the "non-increasing summable sequence is o(1/k)o(1/k)o(1/k)" lemma. These are reusable beyond this mission. The source is the preprint arXiv:2007.12219v1, not the published version; all labels and constants are those of v1.

Selected references

  • D. Zhu, L. Zhao, S. Zhang, A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian, arXiv:2007.12219v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.12219v1
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • G. Cohen, Auxiliary problem principle and decomposition of optimization problems, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 32 (1980) 277–305. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00934554
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On-Demand Delivery from Stores: Dynamic Dispatching and Routing with Random Demand I: The Approximation APT Bounds the Expected Cost-to-Go from Below and Above and Is Exact in the Last PeriodResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers and restaurants increasingly deliver orders from their own stores within an hour or less. Orders arrive throughout the day, a fixed pool of drivers is based at the store, and in each dispatch wave the operator must decide how many drivers to send out now and along which routes. Sending many drivers now gives short delivery times for the current orders but leaves few drivers for orders that arrive while those drivers are still on the road. Liu and Luo (arXiv:2107.13058, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2023) model this trade-off as a finite-horizon stochastic dynamic program and propose a rollout policy built on a tractable approximation of its cost-to-go. Their Theorem 1 justifies the approximation: with suitable parameters it lies below the true expected cost-to-go, with other parameters it lies between that cost and the cost of any feasible simple policy, and in the last period it is exact. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

A store (the depot 000) serves a finite set I\mathcal II of customer locations over NNN periods with strictly increasing decision epochs t1<⋯<tNt_1 < \dots < t_Nt1​<⋯<tN​. A fleet of Kˉ\bar KKˉ drivers carries at most QQQ items per trip; travel times τ(i,j)≥0\tau(i,j) \ge 0τ(i,j)≥0, an on-site service time s≥0s \ge 0s≥0 and a delivery target Lmax⁡L_{\max}Lmax​ are given. At epoch tnt_ntn​ the operator observes the demand of period nnn: the set In⊆I\mathcal I^n \subseteq \mathcal IIn⊆I of locations with an order and the quantities qinq^n_iqin​, drawn from a finitely supported law Qn\mathbb Q^nQn, independently across periods.

The driver status ζn=(ζ1n,…,ζNn)\zeta^n = (\zeta^n_1,\dots,\zeta^n_N)ζn=(ζ1n​,…,ζNn​) records how many drivers are still en route in each period n′n'n′ because of earlier dispatches, so Kˉ−ζnn\bar K - \zeta^n_nKˉ−ζnn​ drivers are available at tnt_ntn​. A decision YnY^nYn is a set of depot-to-depot routes 0→i1→⋯→im→00 \to i_1 \to \dots \to i_m \to 00→i1​→⋯→im​→0, one per dispatched driver. It is feasible if it uses at most Kˉ−ζnn\bar K - \zeta^n_nKˉ−ζnn​ drivers, serves every current order exactly once, loads at most QQQ items per route, and delivers every order within Lmax⁡L_{\max}Lmax​. The delivery times are ui1=τ(0,i1)u_{i_1} = \tau(0,i_1)ui1​​=τ(0,i1​) and uik+1=uik+s+τ(ik,ik+1)u_{i_{k+1}} = u_{i_k} + s + \tau(i_k,i_{k+1})uik+1​​=uik​​+s+τ(ik​,ik+1​); the cost of YnY^nYn is ∑i∈Inui(Yn)\sum_{i \in \mathcal I^n} u_i(Y^n)∑i∈In​ui​(Yn). A driver whose route lasts longer than tn′−tnt_{n'} - t_ntn′​−tn​ is counted as en route in period n′n'n′; this is the transition (9) from ζn\zeta^nζn to ζn+1\zeta^{n+1}ζn+1.

The cost-to-go Hn(In,qn,ζn)\mathcal H_n(\mathcal I^n, q^n, \zeta^n)Hn​(In,qn,ζn) is the minimum over feasible YnY^nYn of the period's cost plus EQn+1[Hn+1]\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^{n+1}}[\mathcal H_{n+1}]EQn+1​[Hn+1​] at the resulting status, with HN\mathcal H_NHN​ the period cost alone ((7)–(8)). The single-period cost Hs(K,In,qn)\mathcal H^s(K, \mathcal I^n, q^n)Hs(K,In,qn) is the minimum cost of serving the demand with at most KKK drivers.

The approximation APTn(ζn)\mathbf{APT}^n(\zeta^n)APTn(ζn) (10) replaces the future by single-period problems coupled only through driver counts:

VAPTn(ζn)=min⁡Kn′∈N∑n′=nNEQn′[Hs(Kn′,In′,qn′)]  s.t.  ∑m=nn′ωmn′(Km)≤Kˉ−ζn′n,  n′=n,…,N,V^n_{APT}(\zeta^n) = \min_{K^{n'} \in \mathbb N} \sum_{n'=n}^{N} \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^{n'}}\big[\mathcal H^s(K^{n'}, \mathcal I^{n'}, q^{n'})\big] \ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \sum_{m=n}^{n'} \omega^{n'}_m(K^m) \le \bar K - \zeta^n_{n'},\ \ n' = n,\dots,N,VAPTn​(ζn)=Kn′∈Nmin​n′=n∑N​EQn′​[Hs(Kn′,In′,qn′)]  s.t.  m=n∑n′​ωmn′​(Km)≤Kˉ−ζn′n​,  n′=n,…,N,

where ωn′n′(K)=K\omega^{n'}_{n'}(K) = Kωn′n′​(K)=K and the nonnegative parameters ωmn′(Km)\omega^{n'}_m(K^m)ωmn′​(Km), m<n′m < n'm<n′, estimate how many of the KmK^mKm drivers dispatched in period mmm are still en route in period n′n'n′. A static myopic policy dispatches a state-independent number Kn′,smK^{n',sm}Kn′,sm of drivers in each period and routes them to minimize the single-period cost; it is feasible from (n,ζn)(n,\zeta^n)(n,ζn) if it never asks for more drivers than are available and its single-period problems are always feasible.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

For 1≤n≤N1 \le n \le N1≤n≤N and a status with ζn′n≤Kˉ\zeta^n_{n'} \le \bar Kζn′n​≤Kˉ:

∃ ω: VAPTn(ζn;ω)≤EQn[Hn],∀ πsm feasible ∃ ω: EQn[Hn]≤VAPTn(ζn;ω)≤Jn(πsm),\exists\,\omega:\ V^n_{APT}(\zeta^n;\omega) \le \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^n}[\mathcal H_n], \qquad \forall\,\pi^{sm}\ \text{feasible}\ \exists\,\omega:\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^n}[\mathcal H_n] \le V^n_{APT}(\zeta^n;\omega) \le J_n(\pi^{sm}),∃ω: VAPTn​(ζn;ω)≤EQn​[Hn​],∀πsm feasible ∃ω: EQn​[Hn​]≤VAPTn​(ζn;ω)≤Jn​(πsm),

and VAPTN(ζ;ω)=EQN[HN(⋅,ζ)]V^N_{APT}(\zeta;\omega) = \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q^N}[\mathcal H_N(\cdot,\zeta)]VAPTN​(ζ;ω)=EQN​[HN​(⋅,ζ)] for every ω\omegaω.

Milestones (Appendix D, pp. 34–35, and Lemma 1, p. 12)

  1. With ωmn′≡0\omega^{n'}_m \equiv 0ωmn′​≡0 for m<n′m < n'm<n′: VAPTn=∑n′E[Hs(Kˉ−ζn′n)]≤E[Hn]V^n_{APT} = \sum_{n'} \mathbb E[\mathcal H^s(\bar K - \zeta^n_{n'})] \le \mathbb E[\mathcal H_n]VAPTn​=∑n′​E[Hs(Kˉ−ζn′n​)]≤E[Hn​].
  2. For n<Nn < Nn<N and a feasible static myopic policy: E[Hn]≤Jn(πsm)\mathbb E[\mathcal H_n] \le J_n(\pi^{sm})E[Hn​]≤Jn​(πsm), and some ω\omegaω gives VAPTn=Jn(πsm)V^n_{APT} = J_n(\pi^{sm})VAPTn​=Jn​(πsm).
  3. At n=Nn = Nn=N: E[HN]=min⁡KN≤Kˉ−ζNNE[Hs(KN,⋅)]\mathbb E[\mathcal H_N] = \min_{K^N \le \bar K - \zeta^N_N} \mathbb E[\mathcal H^s(K^N,\cdot)]E[HN​]=minKN≤Kˉ−ζNN​​E[Hs(KN,⋅)].
  4. Lemma 1: Hn\mathcal H_nHn​ and, for nonnegative ω\omegaω, VAPTnV^n_{APT}VAPTn​ are nondecreasing in ζn\zeta^nζn.

Significance

The rollout policy AJRP of the paper solves, at each epoch, the current routing problem together with APTn+1\mathbf{APT}^{n+1}APTn+1 as a stand-in for the future. Theorem 1 is what connects that stand-in to the dynamic program: it shows that the en route parameters move the approximation between a valid lower bound and the cost of an implementable policy, and its exactness part yields the paper's Corollary 1 (AJRP is optimal for N=2N = 2N=2). Lemma 1 shows the approximation keeps the monotonicity of the true value in the driver status.

The paper's proofs are in its Online Appendix (Appendix D). They are short but informal, and the formal statement here differs from the printed one in three pinned-down respects: the single-period cost is read with at most KKK drivers, as the proofs use it; the upper bound is capped by the policy's cost, since otherwise it is vacuous; and the parameter choice printed for the upper bound has to be corrected in the last period. No part of the result has a machine-checked proof. A formal proof makes these readings definitive, and it produces a reusable Lean model of multi-period dispatching with routes, en route drivers and a Bellman recursion over a random demand.

Difficulty

Every part is a backward induction on the remaining periods, but the inductions run over a state that grows: the status ζn+1\zeta^{n+1}ζn+1 depends on the durations of the routes chosen in period nnn, and the infimum in (7) is over finite lists of routes, not over a finite action set. The lower bound needs that a larger status can only raise the cost; the upper bound needs that a policy which is feasible on its reachable states stays feasible after every realized demand. Exchanging the expectation with the minimum over the driver count in the last period is not a general fact and holds only because the single-period cost is nonincreasing in the number of available drivers. The obvious choice of parameters for the upper bound, the one printed in the proof, does not bound the last period's count and fails.

Formalization scope

Locations are a type with the depot as none; periods are 1-based natural numbers and every statement carries 1≤n≤N1 \le n \le N1≤n≤N. Costs and values lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; every minimum is an infimum, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on an empty feasible set; expectations are sums against the probability mass function of Qn\mathbb Q^nQn. A decision is a list of nonempty routes covering the current orders exactly once. The parameters ω\omegaω are nonnegative reals by their type, with the diagonal ωn′n′(K)=K\omega^{n'}_{n'}(K) = Kωn′n′​(K)=K written into (10). The available drivers in the dynamic program are Kˉ−ζnn\bar K - \zeta^n_nKˉ−ζnn​ in N\mathbb NN; in APT the right-hand side is the real Kˉ−ζn′n\bar K - \zeta^n_{n'}Kˉ−ζn′n​.

Standing assumptions, shared by every statement: N≥1N \ge 1N≥1; strictly increasing epochs; finitely supported, period-independent demand laws; qin=0q^n_i = 0qin​=0 off In\mathcal I^nIn. Added hypothesis: ζn′n≤Kˉ\zeta^n_{n'} \le \bar Kζn′n​≤Kˉ for n≤n′≤Nn \le n' \le Nn≤n′≤N (the en route drivers belong to the fleet). Disclosed readings: travel times do not depend on the period; delivery times follow the recursion of Appendix C with equality, starting from the depot leg; a policy's expected cost is defined recursively along its decisions.

Ruled out: defining HN\mathcal H_NHN​ or Hs\mathcal H^sHs through the APT objective (exactness would become definitional); decision sets that may leave orders unserved (every cost would vanish); an upper bound without the cap by the policy's cost; negative parameters ω\omegaω.

The development needs the model and its recursion (provided as one definition file), monotonicity of Hs\mathcal H^sHs in KKK, and induction principles for the well-founded recursions. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome; Lemma 1 is not used by the paper's proof of Theorem 1 but is a natural first step.

Selected references

  • S. Liu, Z. Luo, On-Demand Delivery from Stores: Dynamic Dispatching and Routing with Random Demand, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2023; preprint arXiv:2107.13058v3, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2107.13058
  • W. B. Powell, Approximate Dynamic Programming: Solving the Curses of Dimensionality, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118029176
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Vol. I, 4th ed., Athena Scientific, 2017 (rollout policies, Ch. 6).
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsMechanism Design·Captain: mikedeng1

The Voice of Customers in Customization I: Under A-Learning, Truthful Cheap-Talk Communication Is an Equilibrium If and Only If θH/θL ≥ ΔResearch Paper

Motivation

Sellers often ask customers what they want before designing a product or service. The answer can affect both the quality delivered and the price paid. Because a customer can send a costless, unverifiable message, the seller cannot assume that a stated preference is true. Guo's customization model asks when the customer's own incentives make truthful communication sustainable. This matters for products with substantial presale effort, such as prototypes, proposals, and sales assistance: the seller incurs that effort before the final transaction price is set. The paper distinguishes this selling cost from the cost of producing the eventual product. This mission concerns the paper's A-Learning game, in which the seller learns through a customer's message before choosing quality.

Setting

Each buyer wants one unit of a product with quality q≥0q\geq0q≥0. A buyer with preference θ\thetaθ values it at θq\theta qθq and can decline to trade. The preference is private and has two possible values, θH>θL>0\theta_H>\theta_L>0θH​>θL​>0. The high type has prior share α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1). Producing quality qqq costs kq2kq^2kq2 and selling it costs sq2sq^2sq2, with k,s>0k,s>0k,s>0. The selling cost is incurred at the design stage. In the final price-setting stage, the seller makes a take-it-or-leave-it offer with probability γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1); the buyer makes the offer with probability 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ. These are the assumptions of §2, pp. 5–9.

Under A-Learning, the buyer sends one of two costless messages before the seller chooses quality. A separating message rule sends different messages for the high and low types. On receiving message mmm, the seller believes the type is θ^(m)∈{θH,θL}\hat\theta(m)\in\{\theta_H,\theta_L\}θ^(m)∈{θH​,θL​}. If its belief is θ^\hat\thetaθ^, the seller's expected payoff from offering quality qqq is

v(q,θ^)=γ(θ^q−kq2)−sq2.v(q,\hat\theta)=\gamma(\hat\theta q-kq^2)-sq^2.v(q,θ^)=γ(θ^q−kq2)−sq2.

At a given quality, a buyer whose actual type is θ\thetaθ receives

uA(θ,θ^,q)=γmax⁡{θq−θ^q,0}+(1−γ)max⁡{θq−kq2,0}.u_A(\theta,\hat\theta,q)=\gamma\max\{\theta q-\hat\theta q,0\}+(1-\gamma)\max\{\theta q-kq^2,0\}.uA​(θ,θ^,q)=γmax{θq−θ^q,0}+(1−γ)max{θq−kq2,0}.

The maxima preserve the buyer's option not to purchase. In the paper's perfect Bayesian equilibrium, the seller's beliefs agree with the types that send the observed messages, the seller chooses a nonnegative quality maximizing vvv for each message, and each type chooses a message maximizing its own payoff. With two distinct messages and a separating rule, both messages occur on the equilibrium path. These payoff and equilibrium conditions are stated in §3.2, pp. 11–12, equations (4)–(7).

Formalization targets

The seller's printed optimal design for belief θ^\hat\thetaθ^ is

q(θ^)=γθ^2s+2γk.q(\hat\theta)=\frac{\gamma\hat\theta}{2s+2\gamma k}.q(θ^)=2s+2γkγθ^​.

With u(θ,θ^)=uA(θ,θ^,q(θ^))u(\theta,\hat\theta)=u_A(\theta,\hat\theta,q(\hat\theta))u(θ,θ^)=uA​(θ,θ^,q(θ^)), the two incentive compatibility conditions are u(θH,θH)≥u(θH,θL)u(\theta_H,\theta_H)\geq u(\theta_H,\theta_L)u(θH​,θH​)≥u(θH​,θL​) and u(θL,θL)≥u(θL,θH)u(\theta_L,\theta_L)\geq u(\theta_L,\theta_H)u(θL​,θL​)≥u(θL​,θH​). The supporting targets identify the seller's optimal design, characterize informative equilibrium by these two conditions, and express each condition as a threshold on type heterogeneity. They follow §3.2, pp. 12–13.

The goal is Proposition 1: an informative A-Learning equilibrium exists exactly when

θHθL≥Δ:=max⁡{ΔH,ΔL},ΔH=γ[2s+(1+γ)k](1−γ)(2s+γk),ΔL=2s+γkγk.\frac{\theta_H}{\theta_L}\geq\Delta:=\max\left\{\Delta_H,\Delta_L\right\},\qquad \Delta_H=\frac{\gamma[2s+(1+\gamma)k]}{(1-\gamma)(2s+\gamma k)},\qquad \Delta_L=\frac{2s+\gamma k}{\gamma k}.θL​θH​​≥Δ:=max{ΔH​,ΔL​},ΔH​=(1−γ)(2s+γk)γ[2s+(1+γ)k]​,ΔL​=γk2s+γk​.

The weak inequality includes the boundary at which a buyer is indifferent between messages. The Appendix's proof uses strict inequalities in a corresponding line; the statement on p. 13 and Proposition 1 use weak ones. The milestone list retains the source's optimal-design sentence, equations (6)–(7), and the two threshold sentences in their order in the SSRN author copy.

Significance

The theorem gives a precise answer to whether costless buyer communication can transmit preference information before a seller customizes a product. The condition separates the two possible failures of truthful reporting: a high type may prefer the design induced by the low message, and a low type may prefer the design induced by the high message. It also shows why the relevant threshold depends on bargaining power and both cost coefficients, while the prior share α\alphaα does not enter this particular equilibrium-existence condition. The result is a theorem of the paper; the mission seeks its machine-checked formulation and proof.

The formal development makes the equilibrium claim more than a comparison of two algebraic payoffs. It must connect an actual separating message strategy, beliefs, a seller optimum, and buyer best responses to the two incentive conditions. The model's payoff definitions and equilibrium predicate are reusable for other statements about A-Learning in the paper, including comparisons of equilibrium quality and payoffs. The threshold lemmas can also be reused when comparing A-Learning with O-Learning.

Difficulty

Costless messages alone impose no truthful-reporting discipline. A seller's belief changes both the design chosen after a message and the price a buyer might face. The high and low types therefore face different deviation incentives. A comparison that ignores the seller's design decision misses the equilibrium requirement; a comparison that treats every buyer as purchasing misses the low type's option to refuse an overpriced high-quality product. The second issue is visible in the max⁡{⋅,0}\max\{\cdot,0\}max{⋅,0} terms of equation (5). The equilibrium result has to hold at equality in the thresholds as well as above them.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses real parameters θH,θL,α,γ,k,s\theta_H,\theta_L,\alpha,\gamma,k,sθH​,θL​,α,γ,k,s and a two-constructor type for buyer types. Its standing assumptions are exactly θH>θL>0\theta_H>\theta_L>0θH​>θL​>0, 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, k>0k>0k>0, and s>0s>0s>0. A separate two-constructor type represents the two possible messages. Quality is real and every seller optimization ranges over q≥0q\geq0q≥0; optimality means that the chosen design attains the maximum. Buyer deviations range over both messages. Beliefs identify the types on the equilibrium path. The type's purchase option is kept in both maximum terms of the buyer payoff.

The price-setting stage is represented by the paper's reduced-form payoffs (4) and (5), without a separate bargaining game. The prior share α\alphaα is retained among the standing primitives even though it cancels from Proposition 1. The closed-form design is used in u(θ,θ^)u(\theta,\hat\theta)u(θ,θ^) and the incentive conditions, while an equilibrium requires actual seller maximization. An equilibrium is not defined as the conjunction of incentive conditions, and Δ\DeltaΔ is the printed maximum of the two explicit fractions. Separation rules out a one-message or pooling interpretation. The supporting statements require real arithmetic, optimization on a nonnegative domain, and finite case analysis for the two types and two messages. Contributions that preserve these definitions and the paper's weak boundary are welcome. The known proofs behind the milestones are in the Appendix of the SSRN version, pp. 27–28.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, The Voice of Customers in Customization, SSRN working paper 3994319, author-copy version of 2023-11-29. SSRN abstract and paper. Published as a Management Science article, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2021.04025.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Softening Competition Through Unilateral Sharing of Customer Data: For Every Monotone-Hazard-Rate Distribution, Sharing Data on [z^N, b′] Makes Both Firms Strictly Better OffResearch Paper

Why a firm would hand customer data to a rival

Large platforms that also sell their own products (Amazon, JD.com, app stores) hold detailed data on consumers and sometimes share part of it with the independent sellers they compete with. The usual view in the personalized-pricing literature is that information is a competitive weapon: a firm that knows more about consumers can price discriminate and capture more surplus, so giving that knowledge to a rival should only hurt. Thisse and Vives (American Economic Review, 1988) showed that when both firms on a Hotelling line can price every consumer individually, competition intensifies and the profits of the informed firm fall.

Choe, Cong and Wang (Monash Discussion Paper 2021-10, revised October 20, 2022; published in Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.4689) show that this is not the whole picture: an informed firm can strictly gain by sharing data on a well-chosen segment of consumers with an uninformed rival, and the rival gains too. This mission formalizes that result, Proposition 1 of the paper, together with the steps its proof is built from.

Setting

Consumers are located on the interval [0,1][0,1][0,1]. A consumer's location has cumulative distribution function FFF with density f>0f>0f>0, continuous on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the hazard rate

h(x)=f(x)1−F(x)h(x)=\frac{f(x)}{1-F(x)}h(x)=1−F(x)f(x)​

is strictly increasing on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) (the monotone hazard rate condition). Firm 1 sits at 000 and knows every consumer's location; firm 2 sits at 111 and knows none. A consumer at xxx who buys from firm iii at price pip_ipi​ pays pip_ipi​ plus a transport cost equal to her distance to firm iii; production is costless and the market is fully covered.

Benchmark. Without data sharing, firm 2 sets one uniform price p2p_2p2​ and firm 1 undercuts it consumer by consumer, so firm 2 serves [z,1][z,1][z,1] with p2=2z−1p_2=2z-1p2​=2z−1 and earns (2z−1)(1−F(z))(2z-1)(1-F(z))(2z−1)(1−F(z)). The first-order condition gives the benchmark marginal consumer zNz^NzN and price p2Np^N_2p2N​:

zN=12+1h(zN),p2N=2h(zN)=2zN−1.z^N=\frac12+\frac1{h(z^N)},\qquad p^N_2=\frac2{h(z^N)}=2z^N-1.zN=21​+h(zN)1​,p2N​=h(zN)2​=2zN−1.

The benchmark profits are π1N=∫0zN(p2N+1−2x) dF(x)\pi^N_1=\int_0^{z^N}(p^N_2+1-2x)\,dF(x)π1N​=∫0zN​(p2N​+1−2x)dF(x) and π2N=p2N(1−F(zN))\pi^N_2=p^N_2(1-F(z^N))π2N​=p2N​(1−F(zN)).

Data sharing on [a,b][a,b][a,b]. Firm 1 gives firm 2 the locations of the consumers in [a,b][a,b][a,b]. Firm 2 then chooses a uniform price for the consumers it does not know and personalized prices on [a,b][a,b][a,b]. Its uniform price either serves only [b,1][b,1][b,1], at price 2b−12b-12b−1 and profit π21(b)=(2b−1)(1−F(b))\pi_{21}(b)=(2b-1)(1-F(b))π21​(b)=(2b−1)(1−F(b)), or serves [z′,a]∪[b,1][z',a]\cup[b,1][z′,a]∪[b,1] for some z′≤az'\le az′≤a, with best profit

π22(a,b)=max⁡z′∈[0,a](2z′−1)(1−F(b)+F(a)−F(z′)).\pi_{22}(a,b)=\max_{z'\in[0,a]}(2z'-1)\bigl(1-F(b)+F(a)-F(z')\bigr).π22​(a,b)=z′∈[0,a]max​(2z′−1)(1−F(b)+F(a)−F(z′)).

When firm 2 chooses the first option, the profits are

π1(a,b)=∫0a((2b−1)+(1−2x)) dF(x),π2(a,b)=∫ab(2x−1) dF(x)+π21(b).\pi_1(a,b)=\int_0^a\bigl((2b-1)+(1-2x)\bigr)\,dF(x),\qquad \pi_2(a,b)=\int_a^b(2x-1)\,dF(x)+\pi_{21}(b).π1​(a,b)=∫0a​((2b−1)+(1−2x))dF(x),π2​(a,b)=∫ab​(2x−1)dF(x)+π21​(b).

Firm 2's incentive constraint (IC) is π21(b)≥π22(a,b)\pi_{21}(b)\ge\pi_{22}(a,b)π21​(b)≥π22​(a,b).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

For every distribution (F,f)(F,f)(F,f) satisfying the conditions above:

π1(zN,b)>π1Nandπ2(zN,b)>π2Nfor all b∈(zN,1],\pi_1(z^N,b)>\pi^N_1\quad\text{and}\quad\pi_2(z^N,b)>\pi^N_2\qquad\text{for all } b\in(z^N,1],π1​(zN,b)>π1N​andπ2​(zN,b)>π2N​for all b∈(zN,1],

and there exists b′∈(zN,1)b'\in(z^N,1)b′∈(zN,1) with

π21(b′)>π22(zN,b′),\pi_{21}(b')>\pi_{22}(z^N,b'),π21​(b′)>π22​(zN,b′),

so sharing data on [zN,b′][z^N,b'][zN,b′] satisfies firm 2's incentive constraint and makes both firms strictly better off than without sharing.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (1): zNz^NzN exists and is unique in (1/2,1)(1/2,1)(1/2,1).
  2. zNz^NzN is the unique maximizer of π21\pi_{21}π21​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  3. Lemma 2: if firm 2's uniform price serves [z′,a]∪[b,1][z',a]\cup[b,1][z′,a]∪[b,1] with z′z'z′ solving the first-order condition (5), then z′<zNz'<z^Nz′<zN, firm 2's price falls below p2Np^N_2p2N​, and firm 1 earns less than π1N\pi^N_1π1N​.
  4. π1(zN,b)−π1N=2(b−zN)F(zN)\pi_1(z^N,b)-\pi^N_1=2(b-z^N)F(z^N)π1​(zN,b)−π1N​=2(b−zN)F(zN).
  5. π2(zN,b)−π2N>∫b1(2b−2zN) dF(x)>0\pi_2(z^N,b)-\pi^N_2>\int_b^1(2b-2z^N)\,dF(x)>0π2​(zN,b)−π2N​>∫b1​(2b−2zN)dF(x)>0 for zN<b<1z^N<b<1zN<b<1.
  6. With π^22(b)=π22(zN,b)\hat\pi_{22}(b)=\pi_{22}(z^N,b)π^22​(b)=π22​(zN,b): π21(zN)=π^22(zN)\pi_{21}(z^N)=\hat\pi_{22}(z^N)π21​(zN)=π^22​(zN) and π21(1)<π^22(1)\pi_{21}(1)<\hat\pi_{22}(1)π21​(1)<π^22​(1).
  7. π^22(b)<π^22(zN)\hat\pi_{22}(b)<\hat\pi_{22}(z^N)π^22​(b)<π^22​(zN) for every b∈(zN,1]b\in(z^N,1]b∈(zN,1].

Significance

The result reverses the standard intuition that a firm's informational advantage should be guarded. Firm 1 shares data only on firm 2's own customer base [zN,b′][z^N,b'][zN,b′], which it could not win anyway, and keeps the data on the most loyal consumers [b′,1][b',1][b′,1] private. Firm 2 then prefers to extract surplus from those loyal consumers with a high uniform price 2b′−1>p2N2b'-1>p^N_22b′−1>p2N​, and firm 1 raises its personalized prices accordingly. Competition is softened without firm 1 conceding market share. The statement holds for every monotone-hazard-rate distribution, not for a parametric family, which is what makes it a structural claim rather than a numerical example. It underlies the paper's analysis of optimal data sharing (Section 3.3) and its welfare conclusion that consumer surplus falls (Proposition 3), and it is the benchmark against which the paper's extensions (sales fees, data sale, entry) are compared.

The paper's proof is complete for the first part. For the existence of b′b'b′, the written argument infers a negative derivative of π^22\hat\pi_{22}π^22​ at zNz^NzN from a strict inequality, which does not follow as written and presupposes differentiability of a maximum value function; the statement itself is true. A machine-checked proof closes that step. To the best of current knowledge none of these results has been formalized.

Difficulty

The two profit comparisons in the first part are integral identities and estimates that only need the fundamental theorem of calculus and f>0f>0f>0. The existence of b′b'b′ is the hard part. Both π21(b)\pi_{21}(b)π21​(b) and π^22(b)\hat\pi_{22}(b)π^22​(b) start from the same value at b=zNb=z^Nb=zN, and π21\pi_{21}π21​ has zero derivative there, so the comparison is decided at first order by how fast π^22\hat\pi_{22}π^22​ decreases. But π^22\hat\pi_{22}π^22​ is a maximum over z′∈[0,zN]z'\in[0,z^N]z′∈[0,zN] whose maximizer moves with bbb and need not be unique, so π^22\hat\pi_{22}π^22​ is not known to be differentiable, and the strict decrease of milestone 7 alone does not give a linear rate. A proof has to bound π^22(b)\hat\pi_{22}(b)π^22​(b) from above by π21(zN)\pi_{21}(z^N)π21​(zN) minus a term proportional to b−zNb-z^Nb−zN, uniformly over the possible maximizers, and compare it with the second-order behaviour of π21\pi_{21}π21​ near its maximum. Existence of zNz^NzN similarly needs the hazard rate to blow up at 111, which uses F(1)=1F(1)=1F(1)=1 and f(1)>0f(1)>0f(1)>0.

Formalization scope

All objects are real-valued functions on R\mathbb RR with hypotheses only on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The distribution is the structure MHRDist F f: F(0)=0F(0)=0F(0)=0, F(1)=1F(1)=1F(1)=1, FFF has derivative fff within [0,1][0,1][0,1] at every point of [0,1][0,1][0,1], fff is continuous and strictly positive on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and h=f/(1−F)h=f/(1-F)h=f/(1−F) is strictly increasing on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1). The paper's "smooth" is read as continuously differentiable, a weaker assumption, so the formal theorems are at least as strong as the paper's. Every dFdFdF integral is an interval integral of the integrand times fff, always with increasing bounds. zNz^NzN enters as a number zN with the hypothesis IsZN F f zN (zN∈(1/2,1)z^N\in(1/2,1)zN∈(1/2,1) and zN=1/2+1/h(zN)z^N=1/2+1/h(z^N)zN=1/2+1/h(zN)); milestone 1 shows exactly one such number exists, so no statement is vacuous. π22\pi_{22}π22​ is defined as the supremum of the profit over z′∈[0,a]z'\in[0,a]z′∈[0,a] (a maximum, since the set is compact and the function continuous), never through the first-order condition (5); the incentive inequality in the goal is strict, as in the paper's proof.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: π22\pi_{22}π22​ is the actual maximum, not a free parameter or the value at a stationary point, and zNz^NzN is pinned by Eq. (1), whose solution is shown to exist.

A complete development needs the fundamental theorem of calculus for interval integrals, compactness and the intermediate value theorem on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and a uniform first-order estimate on a parametric maximum. The lemmas on hazard rates and on the maximizer of (2z−1)(1−F(z))(2z-1)(1-F(z))(2z−1)(1−F(z)) are reusable for other Hotelling and pricing models with monotone-hazard-rate demand. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and alternative proofs of the existence of b′b'b′ are of particular interest.

Selected references

  • Chongwoo Choe, Jiajia Cong, Chengsi Wang, Softening Competition through Unilateral Sharing of Customer Data, Monash University Department of Economics Discussion Paper 2021-10, revised October 20, 2022 (the version formalized here; all page and equation numbers refer to it); published in Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4689
  • Jacques-François Thisse, Xavier Vives, On the Strategic Choice of Spatial Price Policy, American Economic Review 78(1), 1988, 127–137.
  • Greg Shaffer, Z. John Zhang, Competitive One-to-One Promotions, Management Science 48(9), 2002, 1143–1160.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Courier Dispatch in On-Demand Delivery I: With Exogenous Demand, Dedicated Delivery Has the Shorter Wait Exactly Below One Threshold in Demand Rate and in Service RadiusResearch Paper

Motivation

On-demand delivery platforms for meals and groceries promise delivery within minutes, and the main operational lever they control is how a courier is dispatched. A courier can carry each order as soon as it is ready (dedicated delivery), or wait until two orders are available and deliver them in one trip (batch delivery). Batching saves travel per order but makes the first customer wait for a second order to arrive. Which mode gives the shorter wait, and hence the higher revenue, is a question practitioners face daily; it is the subject of M. Chen and M. Hu, Courier Dispatch in On-Demand Delivery (SSRN 3675063; published in Management Science, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2023.4858).

The paper answers the question in closed form for a stylized disk model. This mission formalizes its first headline result, for the case in which the demand rate is fixed exogenously (for example by a growth target or by kitchen capacity), as stated in Propositions 1 and 2 of the authors' version dated 2022-09-21.

Setting

A vendor sits at the centre of a disk of radius r>0r>0r>0 and employs one courier with unit travel speed, so travel time equals travel distance. Customer orders arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the demand rate, and each customer's location is independent and uniformly distributed on the disk.

Under dedicated delivery each trip is a round trip to one customer, of length XD=2∥U∥X_D=2\|U\|XD​=2∥U∥ with UUU uniform on the disk. Its moments are E[XD]=43r\mathbb E[X_D]=\tfrac43 rE[XD​]=34​r and E[XD2]=2r2\mathbb E[X_D^2]=2r^2E[XD2​]=2r2, so the courier is an M/G/1 server with

μD=34r,CD=98,\mu_D=\frac{3}{4r},\qquad C_D=\frac98 ,μD​=4r3​,CD​=89​,

where μD\mu_DμD​ is the service rate and CDC_DCD​ the summed coefficients of variation. The paper defines the expected wait under dedicated delivery as the M/G/1 in-line delay

WD(λ,μ,C)=λμ(μ−λ)⋅C2.W_D(\lambda,\mu,C)=\frac{\lambda}{\mu(\mu-\lambda)}\cdot\frac C2 .WD​(λ,μ,C)=μ(μ−λ)λ​⋅2C​.

Under batch delivery the courier leaves only with two orders and visits both, so a trip has length XB=∥U∥+∥U−U′∥+∥U′∥X_B=\|U\|+\|U-U'\|+\|U'\|XB​=∥U∥+∥U−U′∥+∥U′∥ for two independent uniform points, with E[XB]=(12845π+43)r\mathbb E[X_B]=\big(\tfrac{128}{45\pi}+\tfrac43\big)rE[XB​]=(45π128​+34​)r. This gives

μB=45π4r(32+15π),\mu_B=\frac{45\pi}{4r(32+15\pi)},μB​=4r(32+15π)45π​,

and a variability coefficient CB≈0.583C_B\approx 0.583CB​≈0.583 that the paper obtains by numerical integration. The paper defines the batch wait as the time for a second order to arrive, plus Kingman's approximation of the E2_22​/G/1 in-line delay, plus the expected delay of being second in a batch:

WB(λ,μ,C)=12λ+λμ(2μ−λ)⋅C2+r3.W_B(\lambda,\mu,C)=\frac1{2\lambda}+\frac{\lambda}{\mu(2\mu-\lambda)}\cdot\frac C2+\frac r3 .WB​(λ,μ,C)=2λ1​+μ(2μ−λ)λ​⋅2C​+3r​.

Customers have valuations with c.d.f. FFF on [0,1][0,1][0,1] and a wait cost c>0c>0c>0 per unit time; at price ppp the potential arrival rate Λr2\Lambda r^2Λr2 thins to λ\lambdaλ. The vendor's revenue rate at demand rate λ\lambdaλ and expected wait www is

V(λ,w)=λ[F−1(1−λΛr2)−c w].V(\lambda,w)=\lambda\Big[F^{-1}\Big(1-\frac{\lambda}{\Lambda r^2}\Big)-c\,w\Big].V(λ,w)=λ[F−1(1−Λr2λ​)−cw].

Dedicated delivery is stable exactly when λr<34\lambda r<\tfrac34λr<43​; batch delivery when λr<T2=45π2(32+15π)≈0.893\lambda r<T_2=\frac{45\pi}{2(32+15\pi)}\approx0.893λr<T2​=2(32+15π)45π​≈0.893.

Formalization targets

Goal: one threshold in λr\lambda rλr (Propositions 1 and 2)

For every CB∈[0.58,0.59]C_B\in[0.58,0.59]CB​∈[0.58,0.59] there is a constant a1∈(0,34)a_1\in(0,\tfrac34)a1​∈(0,43​) such that for all r>0r>0r>0, λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 with λr<34\lambda r<\tfrac34λr<43​,

WD(λ,μD,CD)<WB(λ,μB,CB)  ⟺  λr<a1,WB(λ,μB,CB)<WD(λ,μD,CD)  ⟺  λr>a1,W_D(\lambda,\mu_D,C_D)<W_B(\lambda,\mu_B,C_B)\iff \lambda r<a_1,\qquad W_B(\lambda,\mu_B,C_B)<W_D(\lambda,\mu_D,C_D)\iff \lambda r>a_1,WD​(λ,μD​,CD​)<WB​(λ,μB​,CB​)⟺λr<a1​,WB​(λ,μB​,CB​)<WD​(λ,μD​,CD​)⟺λr>a1​,

and the same two equivalences hold for the revenues V(λ,WD)V(\lambda,W_D)V(λ,WD​) and V(λ,WB)V(\lambda,W_B)V(λ,WB​), for every F−1F^{-1}F−1, every Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 with λ≤Λr2\lambda\le\Lambda r^2λ≤Λr2, and every c>0c>0c>0. The paper reports a1≈0.5689a_1\approx0.5689a1​≈0.5689; the goal asserts only the existence and the location in (0,34)(0,\tfrac34)(0,43​).

Milestones

  1. The dedicated trip moments E[XD]=43r\mathbb E[X_D]=\tfrac43rE[XD​]=34​r, E[XD2]=2r2\mathbb E[X_D^2]=2r^2E[XD2​]=2r2, and the resulting μD\mu_DμD​, CDC_DCD​ (display (3)).
  2. The mean batch trip E[XB]=(12845π+43)r\mathbb E[X_B]=(\tfrac{128}{45\pi}+\tfrac43)rE[XB​]=(45π128​+34​)r and the resulting μB\mu_BμB​ (display (8), first moment).
  3. The reduction (A.1): WD(λ,μD,CD)−WB(λ,μB,CB)=fA(λr)/λW_D(\lambda,\mu_D,C_D)-W_B(\lambda,\mu_B,C_B)=f_A(\lambda r)/\lambdaWD​(λ,μD​,CD​)−WB​(λ,μB​,CB​)=fA​(λr)/λ for an explicit rational function fAf_AfA​ of one variable.
  4. The single crossing: fAf_AfA​ has exactly one zero a1a_1a1​ on (0,34)(0,\tfrac34)(0,43​), negative before and positive after, with 0.56<a1<0.580.56<a_1<0.580.56<a1​<0.58.
  5. Proposition 1: for each rrr, a threshold λex∈(0,μD)\lambda_{ex}\in(0,\mu_D)λex​∈(0,μD​) in the demand rate.
  6. Proposition 2: for each λ\lambdaλ, a threshold rex∈(0,34λ)r_{ex}\in(0,\tfrac3{4\lambda})rex​∈(0,4λ3​) in the radius.

Significance

The result says that, with demand fixed, the choice between dedicated and batch delivery depends on the market only through the product λr\lambda rλr: dedicated delivery is better when demand is low or the area small, batching when demand is high or the area large. The threshold is a single universal number, independent of the valuation distribution and of the wait-cost rate, because at a fixed demand rate the strategy with the shorter wait always earns more. This is the efficiency-driven benchmark against which the paper's second main result (endogenous demand in a crowded market, where the order reverses) is contrasted.

To our knowledge none of this has been machine-checked. The mission produces a checked version of the paper's closed-form comparison and, in milestones 1–2, checked computations of classical geometric-probability moments of the disk (the mean distance 128r/(45π)128r/(45\pi)128r/(45π) between two uniform points). The paper's own argument for the single crossing is numerical ("solved using standard methods"); a formal proof must replace it by an exact argument with rigorous bounds on π\piπ.

Difficulty

The reduction to one variable is algebra. The difficulty is the sign analysis of fAf_AfA​ on (0,34)(0,\tfrac34)(0,43​): it is a difference of two rational functions with poles at 34\tfrac3443​ and T2≈0.893T_2\approx0.893T2​≈0.893, involving π\piπ, and clearing denominators gives a cubic whose roots the paper only reports numerically. The natural first idea, showing fAf_AfA​ is monotone on the whole interval, does not apply directly, since fAf_AfA​ starts at −12-\tfrac12−21​, first decreases, and only later rises to +∞+\infty+∞; a proof must establish that it crosses zero exactly once. A further point is that CBC_BCB​ is not a closed-form number, so the crossing must be shown uniformly over an interval of values.

The moment milestones need integration in polar coordinates on the plane; the mean distance between two uniform points of a disk is a classical but nontrivial four-dimensional integral.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace CourierDispatch.Exogenous. Real numbers are ℝ, λ\lambdaλ is lam, Λ\LambdaΛ is Lam, and F−1F^{-1}F−1 is an arbitrary function Q : ℝ → ℝ (no property of it is needed, since at equal λ\lambdaλ the price terms cancel). The plane is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 2) and the uniform law on the disk is Lebesgue measure conditioned on the closed ball.

Committed conventions:

  • The expected waits are the paper's closed-form formulas (5) and (12): the M/G/1 in-line delay for dedicated delivery and Kingman's approximation for the E2_22​/G/1 batch queue. The paper introduces them as definitions (":=:=:="), and the mission does not formalize the queues behind them; no statement here is about the true stationary delay of an E2_22​/G/1 queue.
  • CBC_BCB​ is a real parameter with the standing hypothesis 0.58≤CB≤0.590.58\le C_B\le 0.590.58≤CB​≤0.59, which contains the paper's value 0.5830.5830.583 and a Monte-Carlo estimate 0.582970.582970.58297.
  • Every comparison is restricted to r>0r>0r>0, λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, λr<34\lambda r<\tfrac34λr<43​, the range where both queues are stable; above it only batch delivery is defined and the paper makes no comparison. This also keeps every formula away from Lean's junk values for division by zero.
  • Revenue comparisons additionally require Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 and λ≤Λr2\lambda\le\Lambda r^2λ≤Λr2, the effective-demand range in §3, p. 8. The arbitrary function Q stands for F−1F^{-1}F−1; its properties cancel when the two strategies are compared at the same demand rate.
  • Both directions of each threshold are stated as strict equivalences, so equality at λr=a1\lambda r=a_1λr=a1​ follows.

The threshold a1a_1a1​ (and λex\lambda_{ex}λex​, rexr_{ex}rex​) is existential in every statement; it is never a definition and never an infimum of a sign set, and WDW_DWD​, WBW_BWB​ are never defined through fAf_AfA​, so the goal cannot be made true by construction.

Needed infrastructure: polar-coordinate integration on the plane (Mathlib's integral_comp_polarCoord_symm), and rigorous rational bounds on π\piπ (Real.pi_gt_d6, Real.pi_lt_d6). The goal does not depend on the moment milestones 1–2, which ground the constants μD\mu_DμD​, CDC_DCD​, μB\mu_BμB​ in the geometry of the disk and are welcome as separate contributions.

Selected references

  • M. Chen, M. Hu, Courier Dispatch in On-Demand Delivery, SSRN 3675063, version of 2022-09-21; Management Science, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3675063, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4858
  • J. F. C. Kingman, On queues in heavy traffic, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 24 (1962). https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1962.tb00465.x
  • H. Solomon, Geometric Probability, SIAM CBMS-NSF Regional Conference Series 28, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970418
  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems 1: Under FIFO Issuance the Heuristic Base-Stock Policy's Optimality Gap Decays Exponentially in the Product LifetimeResearch Paper

Perishable inventory and the base-stock question

Blood platelets, fresh produce, dairy and many pharmaceuticals have a fixed shelf life: a unit that has not been used within mmm periods of its arrival must be discarded. Managing such stock is a classical problem of inventory theory, going back to Nahmias (1975), and it remains of practical interest for hospital blood banks and grocery retail. The difficulty is structural. The state of the system is the whole age profile of the stock, a vector of dimension m−1m-1m−1, and the optimal policy depends on all of it. Dynamic programming over this state is intractable even for moderate lifetimes, so practice relies on simple heuristics, above all base-stock policies, which raise the total stock to a fixed level SSS every period.

For decades the performance of base-stock policies in this system was understood only numerically. Chazan and Gal (1977) and Cooper (2001) bounded the long-run outdating of a base-stock policy; Nandakumar and Morton (1993) built a base-stock policy from bounds on the optimal order-up-to level and showed numerically that it performs close to optimal. Bu, Gong and Chao (SSRN 3724966, accepted by Management Science, 2022) give the first theoretical guarantees, comparing a simple base-stock policy with the optimal policy in several asymptotic regimes. This mission formalizes the first of them: the optimality gap decays exponentially in the lifetime mmm.

Setting

Time is discrete, t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…. Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are i.i.d. copies of a nonnegative random variable DDD with 0<E[D]<∞0<\mathbb E[D]<\infty0<E[D]<∞ and distribution function F(x)=P(D≤x)F(x)=\mathbb P(D\le x)F(x)=P(D≤x); F−1(x)=inf⁡{y:F(y)≥x}F^{-1}(x)=\inf\{y:F(y)\ge x\}F−1(x)=inf{y:F(y)≥x}.

At the start of period ttt the state is xt=(xt,1,…,xt,m−1)\mathbf x_t=(x_{t,1},\dots,x_{t,m-1})xt​=(xt,1​,…,xt,m−1​), where xt,ix_{t,i}xt,i​ is the stock whose remaining lifetime is at most iii periods. The firm orders qt≥0q_t\ge0qt​≥0, which arrives immediately and raises the total level to xt,m=xt,m−1+qtx_{t,m}=x_{t,m-1}+q_txt,m​=xt,m−1​+qt​ (with xt,0=0x_{t,0}=0xt,0​=0). Demand is served oldest-first (FIFO issuance) and unmet demand is lost. Stock reaching the end of its life is outdated:

ot=(xt,1−Dt)+,xt+1,i=(xt,i+1−Dt−ot)+,i=1,…,m−1.o_t=(x_{t,1}-D_t)^+,\qquad x_{t+1,i}=(x_{t,i+1}-D_t-o_t)^+,\quad i=1,\dots,m-1.ot​=(xt,1​−Dt​)+,xt+1,i​=(xt,i+1​−Dt​−ot​)+,i=1,…,m−1.

The system starts empty. Each period costs

Ctπ=h(xt,mπ−Dt)++p(Dt−xt,mπ)++θotπ,C^\pi_t=h(x^\pi_{t,m}-D_t)^++p(D_t-x^\pi_{t,m})^++\theta o^\pi_t,Ctπ​=h(xt,mπ​−Dt​)++p(Dt​−xt,mπ​)++θotπ​,

with holding cost h>0h>0h>0, lost-sales penalty p>0p>0p>0 and additional outdating cost θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0. A policy is admissible if each order is a nonnegative measurable function of the current state; Π\PiΠ is the set of admissible policies. The long-run average cost is Cπ=lim sup⁡T→∞1T∑t=1TE[Ctπ]C^\pi=\limsup_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb E[C^\pi_t]Cπ=limsupT→∞​T1​∑t=1T​E[Ctπ​], and OPT=inf⁡π∈ΠCπ\mathrm{OPT}=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}C^\piOPT=infπ∈Π​Cπ.

The base-stock policy πS\pi_SπS​ orders (S−xt,m−1)+(S-x_{t,m-1})^+(S−xt,m−1​)+; its cost is C(S)C(S)C(S). The heuristic level S~\widetilde SS is a minimizer over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) of

C~(S)=h E[(S−D)+]+p E[(D−S)+]+θm E[(S−∑i=1mDi)+],\widetilde C(S)=h\,\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\,\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\frac\theta m\,\mathbb E\Big[\Big(S-\sum_{i=1}^mD_i\Big)^+\Big],C(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+mθ​E[(S−i=1∑m​Di​)+],

and SNP=F−1(p/(p+h))S^{NP}=F^{-1}(p/(p+h))SNP=F−1(p/(p+h)) is the newsvendor level.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 11)

For every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and m≥1m\ge1m≥1,

Cm(S~m)−OPTm≤(m−1)θλme eλSNP(E[e−λD])m.C_m(\widetilde S_m)-\mathrm{OPT}_m\le\frac{(m-1)\theta}{\lambda me}\,e^{\lambda S^{NP}}\big(\mathbb E[e^{-\lambda D}]\big)^m .Cm​(Sm​)−OPTm​≤λme(m−1)θ​eλSNP(E[e−λD])m.

The bound holds for every minimizer S~m\widetilde S_mSm​ and every demand law with positive finite mean. Since E[e−λD]<1\mathbb E[e^{-\lambda D}]<1E[e−λD]<1, the gap decays exponentially in mmm.

Milestones

  1. (19), the FIFO outdating recursion ot+m−1π=(xt,mπ−∑i=tt+m−1Di−∑j=tt+m−2ojπ)+o^\pi_{t+m-1}=\big(x^\pi_{t,m}-\sum_{i=t}^{t+m-1}D_i-\sum_{j=t}^{t+m-2}o^\pi_j\big)^+ot+m−1π​=(xt,mπ​−∑i=tt+m−1​Di​−∑j=tt+m−2​ojπ​)+, for every admissible policy and every demand path.
  2. Lemma 1: C(S)=h E[(S−D)+]+p E[(D−S)+]+θ E[O∞(S)]C(S)=h\,\mathbb E[(S-D)^+]+p\,\mathbb E[(D-S)^+]+\theta\,\mathbb E[O_\infty(S)]C(S)=hE[(S−D)+]+pE[(D−S)+]+θE[O∞​(S)], with the long-run average outdating E[O∞(S)]\mathbb E[O_\infty(S)]E[O∞​(S)] the same from every initial state.
  3. Lemma 2: 1mE[(S−∑i≤mDi)+]≤E[O∞(S)]≤min⁡{E[(S/m−D)+],E[(S−∑i≤mDi)+]}\frac1m\mathbb E[(S-\sum_{i\le m}D_i)^+]\le\mathbb E[O_\infty(S)]\le\min\{\mathbb E[(S/m-D)^+],\mathbb E[(S-\sum_{i\le m}D_i)^+]\}m1​E[(S−∑i≤m​Di​)+]≤E[O∞​(S)]≤min{E[(S/m−D)+],E[(S−∑i≤m​Di​)+]}.
  4. (5): F−1(pp+h+θ)≤S~≤F−1(pp+h)F^{-1}(\frac p{p+h+\theta})\le\widetilde S\le F^{-1}(\frac p{p+h})F−1(p+h+θp​)≤S≤F−1(p+hp​).
  5. (15): ∑i=tt+m−1oiπ≥(xt,mπ−∑i=tt+m−1Di)+\sum_{i=t}^{t+m-1}o^\pi_i\ge(x^\pi_{t,m}-\sum_{i=t}^{t+m-1}D_i)^+∑i=tt+m−1​oiπ​≥(xt,mπ​−∑i=tt+m−1​Di​)+.
  6. Proposition 2: OPT≥C~(S~)\mathrm{OPT}\ge\widetilde C(\widetilde S)OPT≥C(S).
  7. (21): C(S~)−OPT≤(m−1)θm E[(S~−∑i≤mDi)+]C(\widetilde S)-\mathrm{OPT}\le\frac{(m-1)\theta}m\,\mathbb E[(\widetilde S-\sum_{i\le m}D_i)^+]C(S)−OPT≤m(m−1)θ​E[(S−∑i≤m​Di​)+].

Significance

Theorem 1 says that a single explicit base-stock level, computable from the demand law by a one-dimensional convex search, is nearly optimal once the lifetime is moderately long, with an explicit, distribution-dependent rate. It explains why the non-perishable newsvendor intuition carries over to long-lived products, and it is the first of seven guarantees in the paper. Its ingredients are reused throughout: Lemmas 1 and 2, Proposition 2 and the gap bound (21) are posed in this mission and used, without restatement, by missions 2 to 4 of this series (demand population size, penalty cost, outdating cost).

The result is proved on paper; nothing about perishable inventory has been machine-checked. A formal development would provide a reusable model of FIFO perishable dynamics with long-run average costs, sample-path inequalities for outdating, and the first verified optimality-gap bound for an inventory heuristic in a high-dimensional state space.

Difficulty

Most of the argument is sample-path bookkeeping plus Jensen's inequality, but two steps are not routine. Lemma 1 asserts that the long-run average outdating of πS\pi_SπS​ exists and does not depend on the initial state. The natural route through a stationary distribution fails: when P(D<S/m)=1\mathbb P(D<S/m)=1P(D<S/m)=1 the chain can be periodic and has no steady state, so the identity must hold for Cesàro averages directly; in the aperiodic case the paper uses a minorization condition (Meyn and Tweedie, Theorem 16.0.2). Proposition 2 compares every admissible policy with the heuristic cost, which needs the independence of the order-up-to level xt,mπx^\pi_{t,m}xt,mπ​ from current and future demands, and a conditional Jensen step for nonlinear expectations of a policy-dependent quantity.

Formalization scope

The Lean development fixes the following conventions.

  • Time is zero-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1.
  • The state is Fin (m - 1) → ℝ holding the cumulative levels, with xt,0=0x_{t,0}=0xt,0​=0, so m=1m=1m=1 (empty state, all leftover stock outdates) is included; m≥1m\ge1m≥1, h>0h>0h>0, p>0p>0p>0, θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 are fields of the parameter record.
  • Base-stock levels range over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (ℝ≥0).
  • The trajectory is a recursion on the demand path, so the state of period ttt depends only on D1,…,Dt−1D_1,\dots,D_{t-1}D1​,…,Dt−1​.
  • Costs and averages take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals over the i.i.d. path law; averages run over T+1T+1T+1 periods, which has the same limsup.
  • Π\PiΠ is the paper's class: time-dependent measurable state-feedback orders.
  • E[O∞(S)]\mathbb E[O_\infty(S)]E[O∞​(S)] is the long-run average expected outdating of πS\pi_SπS​ from the empty state.
  • "S~\widetilde SS is a minimizer" is a predicate, and the goal, (21) and Proposition 2 quantify over every minimizer; the upper half of (5) is stated for the least minimizer.
  • Gaps are written C(S~)≤OPT+BC(\widetilde S)\le\mathrm{OPT}+BC(S)≤OPT+B, equivalent to the paper's form since OPT≤C(0)<∞\mathrm{OPT}\le C(0)<\inftyOPT≤C(0)<∞.
  • (15) and Proposition 2 are stated for FIFO only, although the paper states them for any issuance policy.
  • The demand law and the newsvendor functions are the published definitions CappedBaseStock_Model and LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder.

Trivializing readings are excluded: C(S)C(S)C(S) is the simulated cost of πS\pi_SπS​, not a formula; OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT ranges over all admissible policies, not only base-stock ones; S~\widetilde SS is the argmin predicate, not a closed form; mmm, θ\thetaθ and the demand law are general; and no gap is stated with truncated subtraction. Contributions of any of the milestones, of general facts about Cesàro limits of Markov chains, or of the convexity of C~\widetilde CC, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Bu, X. Gong, X. Chao, Asymptotic Optimality of Base-Stock Policies for Perishable Inventory Systems, Management Science, 2022 (accepted manuscript, SSRN 3724966). https://ssrn.com/abstract=3724966
  • D. Chazan, S. Gal, A Markovian model for a perishable product inventory, Management Science 23(5), 1977. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.23.5.512
  • W. L. Cooper, Pathwise properties and performance bounds for a perishable inventory system, Operations Research 49(3), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.49.3.455.11221
  • S. Nahmias, Optimal ordering policies for perishable inventory—II, Operations Research 23(4), 1975. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.23.4.735
  • P. Nandakumar, T. E. Morton, Near myopic heuristics for the fixed-life perishability problem, Management Science 39(12), 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.39.12.1490
  • S. P. Meyn, R. L. Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, Springer, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4471-3267-7
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Subset Selection with Shrinkage: Sparse Linear Modeling When the SNR Is Low VI: A BIC-Type Choice of the Model Size Yields Oracle Inequalities for the Expected Prediction ErrorResearch Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection fits a linear model using at most kkk of ppp available predictors: it minimizes the residual sum of squares ∥y−Xβ∥2\|y-X\beta\|^2∥y−Xβ∥2 over all β\betaβ with at most kkk nonzero coordinates. It is the classical benchmark for sparse regression, and mixed-integer optimization has made it computable at scales that used to be out of reach (Bertsimas, King & Mazumder, 2016). When the signal-to-noise ratio is low, however, best subsets overfits, and Mazumder, Radchenko & Dedieu propose to add a shrinkage penalty λ∥β∥q\lambda\|\beta\|_qλ∥β∥q​ (q∈{1,2}q\in\{1,2\}q∈{1,2}) to it. Their oracle inequalities for the penalized estimators hold for a fixed model size kkk, and the practitioner still has to choose kkk.

§3.5 of the paper removes that choice. It replaces the cardinality constraint with BIC-type penalties that depend on the candidate model size, and Theorem 5 shows that the resulting estimators satisfy oracle inequalities for the expected prediction error over all of Rp\mathbb R^pRp, with no condition on the design beyond the normalization of its columns. This mission formalizes Theorem 5 and the steps of its printed proof.

Setting

We observe y=f∗+ϵ∈Rny=f^*+\epsilon\in\mathbb R^ny=f∗+ϵ∈Rn. The mean f∗∈Rnf^*\in\mathbb R^nf∗∈Rn is deterministic and unknown, and ϵ\epsilonϵ has independent N(0,σ2)N(0,\sigma^2)N(0,σ2) entries with σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. The design X∈Rn×pX\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p is deterministic, with p≥1p\ge1p≥1 and columns of unit Euclidean norm. The prediction error of an estimate β^\hat\betaβ^​ is ∥f∗−Xβ^∥2\|f^*-X\hat\beta\|^2∥f∗−Xβ^​∥2. For β∈Rp\beta\in\mathbb R^pβ∈Rp, ∥β∥\|\beta\|∥β∥ is the Euclidean norm, ∥β∥1=∑j∣βj∣\|\beta\|_1=\sum_j|\beta_j|∥β∥1​=∑j​∣βj​∣, and ∥β∥0\|\beta\|_0∥β∥0​ is the number of nonzero coordinates.

For nonnegative tuning parameters aaa and bbb, the data-dependent penalties are

λβ=a∥β∥0log⁡(ep/∥β∥0),μβ=blog⁡(ep/∥β∥0),\lambda_\beta=a\sqrt{\|\beta\|_0\log(ep/\|\beta\|_0)},\qquad \mu_\beta=b\log(ep/\|\beta\|_0),λβ​=a∥β∥0​log(ep/∥β∥0​)​,μβ​=blog(ep/∥β∥0​),

with the convention 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0, so the empty model is not penalized. The BIC-type estimators are

β^2B∈arg⁡min⁡β ∥y−Xβ∥2+λβ∥β∥+μβ∥β∥0,β^1B∈arg⁡min⁡β ∥y−Xβ∥2+λ∥β∥1+μβ∥β∥0,\hat\beta^B_2\in\arg\min_{\beta}\ \|y-X\beta\|^2+\lambda_\beta\|\beta\|+\mu_\beta\|\beta\|_0,\qquad \hat\beta^B_1\in\arg\min_{\beta}\ \|y-X\beta\|^2+\lambda\|\beta\|_1+\mu_\beta\|\beta\|_0,β^​2B​∈argβmin​ ∥y−Xβ∥2+λβ​∥β∥+μβ​∥β∥0​,β^​1B​∈argβmin​ ∥y−Xβ∥2+λ∥β∥1​+μβ​∥β∥0​,

where λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 is a fixed number. Both are unconstrained problems. Solving them is equivalent to solving the constrained problems with ∥β∥0≤k\|\beta\|_0\le k∥β∥0​≤k for each kkk and then choosing kkk by the penalty. A minimizer exists but need not be unique.

The proof works on events of the noise vector. For an integer sss and δ0∈(0,1]\delta_0\in(0,1]δ0​∈(0,1] the event Gs′G'_sGs′​ requires

ϵ⊤Xu≤σ5slog⁡(ep/s)+3log⁡(1/δ0) ∥Xu∥for every u with ∥u∥0≤s.\epsilon^\top Xu\le\sigma\sqrt{5s\log(ep/s)+3\log(1/\delta_0)}\,\|Xu\|\qquad\text{for every }u\text{ with }\|u\|_0\le s .ϵ⊤Xu≤σ5slog(ep/s)+3log(1/δ0​)​∥Xu∥for every u with ∥u∥0​≤s.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 21)

There exist universal constants a0,b0,c0a_0,b_0,c_0a0​,b0​,c0​ such that, if a≥a0σa\ge a_0\sigmaa≥a0​σ or b≥b0σ2b\ge b_0\sigma^2b≥b0​σ2,

E∥f∗−Xβ^2B∥2≲inf⁡β∈Rp[∥f∗−Xβ∥2+λβ∥β∥+μβ∥β∥0]+σ2,\mathbb E\|f^*-X\hat\beta^B_2\|^2\lesssim\inf_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\Big[\|f^*-X\beta\|^2+\lambda_\beta\|\beta\|+\mu_\beta\|\beta\|_0\Big]+\sigma^2,E∥f∗−Xβ^​2B​∥2≲β∈Rpinf​[∥f∗−Xβ∥2+λβ​∥β∥+μβ​∥β∥0​]+σ2,

and, if λ≥c0σlog⁡(ep)\lambda\ge c_0\sigma\sqrt{\log(ep)}λ≥c0​σlog(ep)​ or b≥b0σ2b\ge b_0\sigma^2b≥b0​σ2,

E∥f∗−Xβ^1B∥2≲inf⁡β∈Rp[∥f∗−Xβ∥2+λ∥β∥1+μβ∥β∥0]+σ2.\mathbb E\|f^*-X\hat\beta^B_1\|^2\lesssim\inf_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\Big[\|f^*-X\beta\|^2+\lambda\|\beta\|_1+\mu_\beta\|\beta\|_0\Big]+\sigma^2 .E∥f∗−Xβ^​1B​∥2≲β∈Rpinf​[∥f∗−Xβ∥2+λ∥β∥1​+μβ​∥β∥0​]+σ2.

Here ≲\lesssim≲ hides one universal multiplicative constant. The constants are not specified, so the goal records the shape of the bound and is not invalidated by later improvements of the constants.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 5, B.13, and B.5)

  1. (51): the deterministic basic inequality for β^2B\hat\beta^B_2β^​2B​.
  2. (54): for a≳σa\gtrsim\sigmaa≳σ, with probability at least 1−δ0/21-\delta_0/21−δ0​/2, ∥f∗−Xβ^∥2+μβ^∥β^∥0≲∥f∗−Xβ∥2+λβ∥β∥+σ2log⁡(1/δ0)+μβ∥β∥0\|f^*-X\hat\beta\|^2+\mu_{\hat\beta}\|\hat\beta\|_0\lesssim\|f^*-X\beta\|^2+\lambda_\beta\|\beta\|+\sigma^2\log(1/\delta_0)+\mu_\beta\|\beta\|_0∥f∗−Xβ^​∥2+μβ^​​∥β^​∥0​≲∥f∗−Xβ∥2+λβ​∥β∥+σ2log(1/δ0​)+μβ​∥β∥0​.
  3. The union bound over model sizes: with G=⋂s=1pGs′G=\bigcap_{s=1}^pG'_sG=⋂s=1p​Gs′​, where Gs′G'_sGs′​ is taken at δ0=(s/[ep])sϵ0\delta_0=(s/[ep])^s\epsilon_0δ0​=(s/[ep])sϵ0​, we have P(Gc)≤ϵ0P(G^c)\le\epsilon_0P(Gc)≤ϵ0​.
  4. (55): for b≳σ2b\gtrsim\sigma^2b≳σ2, the analogue of (54) with probability at least 1−ϵ01-\epsilon_01−ϵ0​.
  5. (56): under either condition, the high-probability oracle inequality with inf⁡β\inf_\betainfβ​ and σ2log⁡(1/δ0)\sigma^2\log(1/\delta_0)σ2log(1/δ0​).
  6. The tail-to-expectation step of B.5: if W≤κlog⁡(1/δ0)W\le\kappa\log(1/\delta_0)W≤κlog(1/δ0​) with probability at least 1−δ0/21-\delta_0/21−δ0​/2, then EW+≤κ/2\mathbb EW^+\le\kappa/2EW+≤κ/2.
  7. (58): the high-probability counterpart of (56) for β^1B\hat\beta^B_1β^​1B​.

Significance

The result. Theorems 2 and 3 of the paper give oracle inequalities only over the sparsity class {∥β∥0≤k}\{\|\beta\|_0\le k\}{∥β∥0​≤k} for a kkk fixed in advance. Theorem 5 makes the model size data-driven. Its bounds hold over all of Rp\mathbb R^pRp and need no restricted-eigenvalue or sparse-eigenvalue condition on XXX. Corollary 6 of the paper deduces from it that the estimators attain the error rates of Corollaries 3 and 4 while selecting models of the same order as the true model size. The paper also notes that the slow-rate bound for β^1B\hat\beta^B_1β^​1B​ with b=0b=0b=0 is a bound for the Lasso.

Formalizing it. Theorem 5 is a published result with a printed proof (Supplement B.13). The proof is written up to unspecified universal constants, and it defers two steps to other parts of the paper ("repeating the argument after inequality (32)" and "repeating the argument in the proof of Corollary 3"). A formal proof makes every constant and every deferred step explicit. No part of the paper has been machine-checked, to the best of our search.

Difficulty

The argument is long rather than deep. The obvious first attempt fixes the selected model size k^=∥β^∥0\hat k=\|\hat\beta\|_0k^=∥β^​∥0​ and applies a high-probability bound for that size. This fails because k^\hat kk^ is random and depends on ϵ\epsilonϵ, so a bound for each fixed sss says nothing about the random k^\hat kk^. The noise term must be controlled simultaneously over all model sizes, at a total failure probability that does not grow with ppp. The second obstacle is the passage from high-probability bounds, which hold for every δ0\delta_0δ0​ and grow like log⁡(1/δ0)\log(1/\delta_0)log(1/δ0​), to a bound in expectation. That passage needs the high-probability statement with a constant that is uniform in δ0\delta_0δ0​.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Vectors are Fin n → ℝ and Fin p → ℝ, and the design is a Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ.

    • The norms ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ and ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​ are explicit definitions (l2, l1, l0), because Mathlib's norm on Fin m → ℝ is the sup norm.
    • The noise law is the product of nnn centred Gaussians with variance σ2\sigma^2σ2 (noiseLaw).
    • Logarithms are natural, and e=exp⁡(1)e=\exp(1)e=exp(1).
  • Model. The standing hypotheses are:

    • unit-norm columns of XXX;
    • σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 and p≥1p\ge1p≥1;
    • a,b≥0a,b\ge0a,b≥0, and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 for β^1B\hat\beta^B_1β^​1B​.

    The quantities XXX, f∗f^*f∗, σ\sigmaσ, aaa, bbb, λ\lambdaλ and the penalties are inputs. The randomness is the law of ϵ\epsilonϵ alone, and y=f∗+ϵy=f^*+\epsilony=f∗+ϵ.

  • Estimators are argmin predicates IsBIC2, IsBIC1: "β^\hat\betaβ^​ minimizes the objective over all of Rp\mathbb R^pRp". Every statement holds for every minimizer.

    • In Theorem 5 an estimator is a measurable map y↦β^(y)y\mapsto\hat\beta(y)y↦β^​(y) that is a minimizer for every yyy, and the bound is claimed for every such selection.
    • The expectation is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a non-integrable error cannot make the bound vacuous.
  • Constants.

    • "≲\lesssim≲" is one universal constant C>0C>0C>0, quantified before every other parameter.
    • "inf⁡β[… ]\inf_\beta[\dots]infβ​[…]" is written as "for every β\betaβ".
    • "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is the existence of a measurable event of probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ on which the inequality holds.
    • The constants a0a_0a0​, b0b_0b0​ and c0c_0c0​ carry no sign, as on the page.
  • Correction. Theorem 1 of the paper states P(Gs)≥1−δ0P(G_s)\ge1-\delta_0P(Gs​)≥1−δ0​ for an event with coefficient 111 on log⁡(1/δ0)\log(1/\delta_0)log(1/δ0​). That bound is false for small δ0\delta_0δ0​ (already for n=p=s=1n=p=s=1n=p=s=1). The union bound here uses the corrected event Gs′G'_sGs′​ with coefficient 333, which inside ≲\lesssim≲ changes nothing downstream.

  • Ruled out. None of the following counts as a formalization of the goal:

    • an arbitrary or non-measurable selection of the minimizer;
    • a Bochner integral, which is 000 for a non-integrable error;
    • a constant that depends on nnn, ppp, δ0\delta_0δ0​ or the design;
    • a fixed δ0\delta_0δ0​ or ϵ0\epsilon_0ϵ0​.
  • Not formalized here. The fixed-kkk oracle inequalities (Theorems 2 and 3), the noise events of Theorem 1, the lower bound (Theorem 4), Corollaries 1–6 and the numerical study are not part of this mission. Some of them are the subjects of the other missions of this series. The proof of Theorem 5 needs the probability bounds for the events FFF and Gs′G'_sGs′​ of Theorem 1 and the deterministic arguments of Theorems 2 and 3. A solver may prove them here or import them once they are published.

  • Contributions welcome.

    • Gaussian chi-square tail bounds (Laurent–Massart);
    • the bound for the sorted-ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ event FFF (Bellec, Lecué & Tsybakov);
    • the existence of measurable selections of the argmin;
    • the layer-cake step.

    These are reusable well beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • R. Mazumder, P. Radchenko, A. Dedieu, Subset Selection with Shrinkage: Sparse Linear Modeling When the SNR Is Low, arXiv:1708.03288v4, 2022; Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1708.03288
  • D. Bertsimas, A. King, R. Mazumder, Best subset selection via a modern optimization lens, Annals of Statistics 44(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOS1388
  • P. C. Bellec, G. Lecué, A. B. Tsybakov, Slope meets Lasso: improved oracle bounds and optimality, Annals of Statistics 46(6B), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1214/17-AOS1670
  • B. Laurent, P. Massart, Adaptive estimation of a quadratic functional by model selection, Annals of Statistics 28(5), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1015957395
  • L. Birgé, P. Massart, Gaussian model selection, Journal of the European Mathematical Society 3, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/s100970100031
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsInformation Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Human and Machine: The Impact of Machine Input on Decision-Making Under Cognitive Limitations II: Machine Input Never Lowers the Decision-Maker's Accuracy or Expected ValueResearch Paper

Motivation

Machine-learning systems are increasingly placed beside human experts — physicians reading scans, loan officers screening applications, judges assessing risk — rather than replacing them. The machine processes the structured data it can see; the human also has access to information the algorithm cannot observe, but her attention is limited. Whether such a partnership improves the decision is a question about how the human reallocates scarce cognitive effort once part of the information is handed to her for free.

Boyacı, Canyakmaz and de Véricourt (ESMT Working Paper 20-02, 2020; published in Management Science, 2024) model the human as a rationally inattentive decision-maker in the sense of Sims (2003): she chooses how much information to process, and pays a cost proportional to the mutual information between the state and her decision. In the binary-choice setting, Matějka and McKay (2015) showed that such problems reduce to choosing conditional choice probabilities, with logit-form solutions. The paper uses this reduction to compare a decision-maker who decides alone with one who first sees a machine's assessment. This mission formalizes its first comparison, Proposition 1: the machine never lowers the decision-maker's accuracy or her expected value.

Setting

A decision-maker (DM) must announce whether the state of the world ω∈{g,b}\omega\in\{g,b\}ω∈{g,b} is good (a=ya=ya=y) or bad (a=na=na=n). A correct choice pays 111, an incorrect one 000. Her prior that the state is good is μ∈[0,1]\mu\in[0,1]μ∈[0,1], and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 is the information cost.

A strategy is a pair (pg,pb)∈[0,1]2(p_g,p_b)\in[0,1]^2(pg​,pb​)∈[0,1]2 of conditional probabilities of choosing yyy in state ggg and in state bbb. It induces the choice probability p=μpg+(1−μ)pbp=\mu p_g+(1-\mu)p_bp=μpg​+(1−μ)pb​, the accuracy A=μpg+(1−μ)(1−pb)A=\mu p_g+(1-\mu)(1-p_b)A=μpg​+(1−μ)(1−pb​), the cognitive cost

C=λ[H(p)−(1−μ)H(pb)−μH(pg)],H(x)=−xlog⁡x−(1−x)log⁡(1−x),C=\lambda\big[H(p)-(1-\mu)H(p_b)-\mu H(p_g)\big],\qquad H(x)=-x\log x-(1-x)\log(1-x),C=λ[H(p)−(1−μ)H(pb​)−μH(pg​)],H(x)=−xlogx−(1−x)log(1−x),

(the mutual information between state and action, in nats) and the expected value V=A−CV=A-CV=A−C. The DM maximizes VVV. The optimal accuracy A⋆(μ)A^\star(\mu)A⋆(μ) and optimal value V⋆(μ)V^\star(\mu)V⋆(μ) are the accuracy and value at a maximizer. Two thresholds organize the solution:

μ‾=1e1/λ+1,μˉ=e1/λe1/λ+1.\underline\mu=\frac{1}{e^{1/\lambda}+1},\qquad \bar\mu=\frac{e^{1/\lambda}}{e^{1/\lambda}+1}.μ​=e1/λ+11​,μˉ​=e1/λ+1e1/λ​.

The machine. Information is aggregated into two binary variables: X1X_1X1​, which the machine and the DM can both evaluate, and X2X_2X2​, which only the DM can assess. Realizations are x1,x2∈{−,+}x_1,x_2\in\{-,+\}x1​,x2​∈{−,+} and the state is good iff x1=x2=+x_1=x_2=+x1​=x2​=+. The DM's prior on (X1,X2)(X_1,X_2)(X1​,X2​) is π\piπ, with π(x1,x2)>0\pi(x_1,x_2)>0π(x1​,x2​)>0 for all four realizations, so μ=π(+,+)\mu=\pi(+,+)μ=π(+,+). The machine reveals x1x_1x1​ at no cost; the DM updates by Bayes' rule to μx=P(ω=g∣X1=x)\mu^x=P(\omega=g\mid X_1=x)μx=P(ω=g∣X1​=x) and then solves her problem with prior μx\mu^xμx. The machine-assisted accuracy and value are the ex-ante expectations

Am⋆=∑xP(X1=x) A⋆(μx),Vm⋆=∑xP(X1=x) V⋆(μx).A^\star_m=\sum_{x}P(X_1=x)\,A^\star(\mu^x),\qquad V^\star_m=\sum_{x}P(X_1=x)\,V^\star(\mu^x).Am⋆​=x∑​P(X1​=x)A⋆(μx),Vm⋆​=x∑​P(X1​=x)V⋆(μx).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

For every λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 and every prior π\piπ with positive entries,

Am⋆≥A⋆(μ)andVm⋆≥V⋆(μ).A^\star_m\ge A^\star(\mu)\qquad\text{and}\qquad V^\star_m\ge V^\star(\mu).Am⋆​≥A⋆(μ)andVm⋆​≥V⋆(μ).

Milestones

  1. Equation (3). μ−=0\mu^-=0μ−=0 and μ+=μ/(μ+π(+,−))>μ\mu^+=\mu/(\mu+\pi(+,-))>\muμ+=μ/(μ+π(+,−))>μ.
  2. Corollary 2, (13). For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0: A⋆(μ)=1−μA^\star(\mu)=1-\muA⋆(μ)=1−μ on [0,μ‾][0,\underline\mu][0,μ​], e1/λ/(e1/λ+1)e^{1/\lambda}/(e^{1/\lambda}+1)e1/λ/(e1/λ+1) on (μ‾,μˉ)(\underline\mu,\bar\mu)(μ​,μˉ​), and μ\muμ on [μˉ,1][\bar\mu,1][μˉ​,1].
  3. Corollary 2, (15). For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0: V⋆(μ)=1−μV^\star(\mu)=1-\muV⋆(μ)=1−μ on [0,μ‾][0,\underline\mu][0,μ​], λ[log⁡(e1/λ+1)−H(μ)]\lambda[\log(e^{1/\lambda}+1)-H(\mu)]λ[log(e1/λ+1)−H(μ)] on (μ‾,μˉ)(\underline\mu,\bar\mu)(μ​,μˉ​), and μ\muμ on [μˉ,1][\bar\mu,1][μˉ​,1].
  4. Lemma 2 (accuracy and value). Am⋆=1−μ/μ++(μ/μ+)A⋆(μ+)A^\star_m=1-\mu/\mu^++(\mu/\mu^+)A^\star(\mu^+)Am⋆​=1−μ/μ++(μ/μ+)A⋆(μ+), and the same identity for Vm⋆V^\star_mVm⋆​.
  5. Convexity of A⋆A^\starA⋆ on [0,1][0,1][0,1] (proof of Proposition 1).
  6. Slopes at the thresholds. The middle branch of (15) has derivative −1-1−1 at μ‾\underline\muμ​ and 111 at μˉ\bar\muμˉ​.
  7. Convexity of V⋆V^\starV⋆ on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Significance

The result. Proposition 1 is the baseline against which the paper's other findings are measured: although accuracy and value always improve, the machine can lower the probability of choosing the good state, raise false positives, and increase the DM's cognitive effort (Theorems 2–4 of the paper). Without Proposition 1 those effects would not be separable from a simple loss of decision quality. The closed forms (13) and (15) also show that, where the DM processes information, her accuracy depends on λ\lambdaλ alone and not on her prior.

Formalizing it. The proposition and its milestones are proved in the paper, in Appendix A, and the closed forms rely on the logit characterization of the optimum. None of this is machine-checked. A complete development produces a verified closed-form solution of the binary rational-inattention problem with entropy cost, with accuracy and value as explicit functions of the prior, and a verified value-of-information inequality for that problem. Both are reusable by the other four missions of this series and by any binary rational-inattention model.

Difficulty

The obvious argument — more information cannot hurt — is not available off the shelf: the DM is not a Bayesian with free information but optimizes an entropy-penalized program, and the comparison is between optimal values of two such programs at different priors. A⋆A^\starA⋆ and V⋆V^\starV⋆ are values at an optimum of a non-linear program over [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2. Their closed forms require identifying exactly when the corner solutions pg=pb=0p_g=p_b=0pg​=pb​=0 and pg=pb=1p_g=p_b=1pg​=pb​=1 are optimal and handling the degenerate priors μ=0,1\mu=0,1μ=0,1, where the maximizer is not unique. Both functions are piecewise in μ\muμ, so their shape on [0,1][0,1][0,1] does not follow from the shape of each piece: the behaviour at the kinks μ‾\underline\muμ​ and μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ decides it. Accuracy is a component of the objective, not the objective itself, so statements about A⋆A^\starA⋆ do not follow from optimality alone.

Formalization scope

  • Decision problem. The paper's general information-processing problem (2) is not formalized. The DM chooses (pg,pb)∈[0,1]2(p_g,p_b)\in[0,1]^2(pg​,pb​)∈[0,1]2 directly — the paper's own §4 reduction (Matějka & McKay 2015), not a restriction. HHH is Mathlib's Real.binEntropy (natural logarithm); λ\lambdaλ is lam.
  • Starred metrics. A⋆A^\starA⋆ and V⋆V^\starV⋆ are accuracy and value at a chosen maximizer (Classical.epsilon); every maximizer yields the same values. They are defined for every real μ\muμ and used on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Machine. {−,+}\{-,+\}{−,+} is Bool with true =+=+=+; the prior is π : Bool → Bool → ℝ with positive entries summing to 111. Posteriors are defined by Bayes' rule; Am⋆A^\star_mAm⋆​, Vm⋆V^\star_mVm⋆​ are expectations over x1x_1x1​.
  • Parameters. The goal keeps the printed λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 (at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 the cost vanishes); all milestones assume the model's standing λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, needed for 1/λ1/\lambda1/λ. The paper's parameter set S={(μ,μ+)∈[0,1]2:μ<μ+}\mathcal S=\{(\mu,\mu^+)\in[0,1]^2:\mu<\mu^+\}S={(μ,μ+)∈[0,1]2:μ<μ+} is replaced by priors with positive entries, which realize exactly 0<μ<μ+<10<\mu<\mu^+<10<μ<μ+<1.
  • Ruled out. Defining A⋆A^\starA⋆, V⋆V^\starV⋆ by the closed forms (13), (15); defining Am⋆A^\star_mAm⋆​, Vm⋆V^\star_mVm⋆​ by the right-hand sides of Lemma 2; or assuming convexity as a hypothesis — each makes the corresponding statement true by definition, and none of them is used here.
  • Infrastructure. Calculus of Real.binEntropy (derivative, concavity) is in Mathlib. Needed: existence of a maximizer on the square, the first-order characterization of the interior optimum, and convexity of piecewise functions glued with matching slopes. Contributions of general lemmas on these points are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Boyacı, Y. Canyakmaz, F. de Véricourt, Human and Machine: The Impact of Machine Input on Decision-Making Under Cognitive Limitations, ESMT Working Paper 20-02, 2020; Management Science 70(2), 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4744
  • F. Matějka, A. McKay, Rational Inattention to Discrete Choices: A New Foundation for the Multinomial Logit Model, American Economic Review 105(1), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20130047
  • C. A. Sims, Implications of Rational Inattention, Journal of Monetary Economics 50(3), 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3932(03)00029-1
  • T. M. Cover, J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1002/047174882X
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Voice of Customers in Customization IV: The A-Learning Threshold Δ Exceeds the O-Learning Threshold Λ If and Only If γ < max{2s/(2s+k), (√(s²+4sk) − s)/(2k)}Research Paper

Motivation

A seller who customizes products for buyers must learn what each buyer wants, and buyers have private information about how much they value quality. Liang Guo's paper The Voice of Customers in Customization (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2021.04025; author copy SSRN 3994319) compares two ways of learning those preferences. Under A-Learning ("asking") the buyer sends an unverifiable, costless message about its type and the seller then designs the product. Under O-Learning ("observing") the buyer itself proposes the quality it wants, and the seller accepts or rejects the proposal. In both, the price is set afterwards by bargaining in which the seller makes the take-it-or-leave-it offer with probability γ\gammaγ.

Customization works only if buyer types are revealed in equilibrium. The paper shows that each approach admits a separating equilibrium exactly when the buyers are heterogeneous enough: the ratio θH/θL\theta_H/\theta_LθH​/θL​ of the two types' quality preferences must exceed a critical value, Δ\DeltaΔ under A-Learning (Proposition 1) and Λ\LambdaΛ under O-Learning (Proposition 3). Which approach makes customization easier to sustain is then a comparison of two explicit numbers. Proposition 7 answers it, and its answer depends only on the seller's bargaining power and the two cost coefficients. This is the question a manager choosing between surveys and interviews (asking) and design-it-yourself tools (observing) faces in the model.

Setting

A model is a tuple of real numbers (θH,θL,α,γ,k,s)(\theta_H,\theta_L,\alpha,\gamma,k,s)(θH​,θL​,α,γ,k,s):

  • θH\theta_HθH​ and θL\theta_LθL​ are the quality preferences of the high and the low buyer type; a buyer of type θ\thetaθ buying quality q≥0q\ge0q≥0 at price ppp gets θq−p\theta q-pθq−p;
  • α\alphaα is the prior share of high-type buyers;
  • γ\gammaγ is the seller's bargaining power, the probability that the seller (rather than the buyer) makes the take-it-or-leave-it price offer;
  • kkk is the production-cost coefficient (a product of quality qqq costs kq2kq^2kq2) and sss is the selling-cost coefficient (selling it costs sq2sq^2sq2).

The paper's standing assumptions (§2, pp. 5–6) are

θH>θL>0,α∈(0,1),γ∈(0,1),k>0,s>0.\theta_H>\theta_L>0,\qquad \alpha\in(0,1),\qquad \gamma\in(0,1),\qquad k>0,\qquad s>0 .θH​>θL​>0,α∈(0,1),γ∈(0,1),k>0,s>0.

The A-Learning thresholds (Proposition 1, p. 12, and p. 13) are

ΔH=γ[2s+(1+γ)k](1−γ)(2s+γk),ΔL=2s+γkγk,Δ=max⁡{ΔH,ΔL}.\Delta_H=\frac{\gamma[2s+(1+\gamma)k]}{(1-\gamma)(2s+\gamma k)},\qquad \Delta_L=\frac{2s+\gamma k}{\gamma k},\qquad \Delta=\max\{\Delta_H,\Delta_L\}.ΔH​=(1−γ)(2s+γk)γ[2s+(1+γ)k]​,ΔL​=γk2s+γk​,Δ=max{ΔH​,ΔL​}.

ΔH\Delta_HΔH​ is the ratio above which the high type does not gain by claiming to be low, and ΔL\Delta_LΔL​ the ratio above which the low type does not gain by claiming to be high.

The O-Learning thresholds (Proposition 3, p. 17) are

ΛH1=γ(s+k)(1−γ)s,ΛH2=1+γ1−γ,ΛL=sγk,Λ=max⁡{min⁡{ΛH1,ΛH2},ΛL}.\Lambda_{H1}=\frac{\gamma(s+k)}{(1-\gamma)s},\qquad \Lambda_{H2}=\frac{1+\gamma}{1-\gamma},\qquad \Lambda_L=\frac{s}{\gamma k},\qquad \Lambda=\max\{\min\{\Lambda_{H1},\Lambda_{H2}\},\Lambda_L\}.ΛH1​=(1−γ)sγ(s+k)​,ΛH2​=1−γ1+γ​,ΛL​=γks​,Λ=max{min{ΛH1​,ΛH2​},ΛL​}.

ΛH1\Lambda_{H1}ΛH1​ and ΛH2\Lambda_{H2}ΛH2​ are the high type's thresholds in the two regimes γ≤s/k\gamma\le s/kγ≤s/k (seller acceptance binds) and γ≥s/k\gamma\ge s/kγ≥s/k (it does not); ΛL\Lambda_LΛL​ is the low type's.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7 (p. 22)

Δ>Λ⟺γ<max⁡{2s2s+k, s2+4sk−s2k},\Delta>\Lambda\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad\gamma<\max\Big\{\frac{2s}{2s+k},\ \frac{\sqrt{s^2+4sk}-s}{2k}\Big\},Δ>Λ⟺γ<max{2s+k2s​, 2ks2+4sk​−s​},

for every model satisfying the standing assumptions. The paper phrases this as "the critical value of θH/θL\theta_H/\theta_LθH​/θL​ to sustain the separating equilibrium is larger under the A-Learning customization than under the O-Learning customization (i.e., Δ>Λ\Delta>\LambdaΔ>Λ)"; the parenthetical fixes the statement as a comparison of the two printed thresholds.

Milestones (Appendix, Proof of Proposition 7, p. 29)

  1. ΔH<ΛH1\Delta_H<\Lambda_{H1}ΔH​<ΛH1​;
  2. ΔH<ΛH2\Delta_H<\Lambda_{H2}ΔH​<ΛH2​;
  3. ΔL>ΛL\Delta_L>\Lambda_LΔL​>ΛL​;
  4. Δ>Λ  ⟺  ΔL>min⁡{ΛH1,ΛH2}\Delta>\Lambda\iff\Delta_L>\min\{\Lambda_{H1},\Lambda_{H2}\}Δ>Λ⟺ΔL​>min{ΛH1​,ΛH2​}.

Significance

The result. Proposition 7 says that neither learning approach dominates the other. When the seller's bargaining power is low, A-Learning requires more heterogeneous buyers than O-Learning, so empowering buyers to design their own products sustains customization over a larger range of markets; when the seller is powerful, the order reverses. Milestones 1–3 carry the paper's economic reading: the low type's incentive to reveal itself is weaker under A-Learning (ΔL>ΛL\Delta_L>\Lambda_LΔL​>ΛL​), the high type's is stronger (ΔH<min⁡{ΛH1,ΛH2}\Delta_H<\min\{\Lambda_{H1},\Lambda_{H2}\}ΔH​<min{ΛH1​,ΛH2​}), and the comparison is decided by which effect dominates. The cutoff on γ\gammaγ is explicit in sss and kkk, which is what makes the comparison usable for comparative statics.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, in a short Appendix argument (p. 29); it has not been machine-checked. A formal proof pins down that the reduction is correct for every parameter value allowed by the standing assumptions, including the boundary cases γ=s/k\gamma=s/kγ=s/k (where ΛH1=ΛH2\Lambda_{H1}=\Lambda_{H2}ΛH1​=ΛH2​) and the case where the two candidate cutoffs coincide. Together with the companion missions of this series, which formalize Propositions 1 and 3 as statements about the equilibria of the two games, it gives a fully checked version of the paper's comparison of the two approaches.

Difficulty

Both critical values are nested maxima and minima of rational functions of (γ,k,s)(\gamma,k,s)(γ,k,s), and which term attains each maximum or minimum changes across the parameter space, in particular at γ=s/k\gamma=s/kγ=s/k, where ΛH1\Lambda_{H1}ΛH1​ and ΛH2\Lambda_{H2}ΛH2​ exchange order. A direct case split on the attaining terms therefore produces many cases, several of which turn on sign conditions that hold only under the standing assumptions. The cutoff on the right-hand side is a maximum of two expressions of different kinds, one rational and one involving s2+4sk\sqrt{s^2+4sk}s2+4sk​, and neither of them dominates the other for all (k,s)(k,s)(k,s), so neither can be dropped. Strictness must be tracked throughout, since both sides of the equivalence are strict and the boundary Δ=Λ\Delta=\LambdaΔ=Λ is attained.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace CustomerVoice.Thresholds. A structure Model holds the six real primitives, Model.Standing is the conjunction of the standing assumptions, and Model.DeltaH, DeltaL, Delta, LambdaH1, LambdaH2, LambdaL, Lambda are the printed closed-form expressions, with max⁡\maxmax and min⁡\minmin on R\mathbb RR and the square root as Real.sqrt. Every theorem takes a model and the hypothesis M.Standing; no other hypothesis is added. Only γ\gammaγ, kkk and sss enter the thresholds; θH\theta_HθH​, θL\theta_LθL​ and α\alphaα are carried so that the model is the paper's. Under the standing assumptions all denominators are positive, so Lean's convention x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 is never used.

The thresholds are defined as the paper prints them. Defining Δ\DeltaΔ or Λ\LambdaΛ as the least type ratio at which an equilibrium exists, replacing them by simplified forms that hold only in a regime (for instance Λ=ΛH2\Lambda=\Lambda_{H2}Λ=ΛH2​ when γ≥s/k\gamma\ge s/kγ≥s/k), replacing the right-hand side of Proposition 7 by an equivalent condition the paper does not print, or proving only one direction of the equivalence, would each be a different statement and is ruled out.

The two games and the equilibrium characterizations behind Δ\DeltaΔ and Λ\LambdaΛ (Propositions 1 and 3) are not part of this mission; they are the goals of missions I and II of this series, and the model is defined again here because draft missions cannot import each other. No library beyond Mathlib's ordered-field and square-root API is needed. Contributions welcome: proofs of the four milestones and the goal, and helper lemmas solving the two quadratic inequalities ΔL>ΛH1\Delta_L>\Lambda_{H1}ΔL​>ΛH1​ and ΔL>ΛH2\Delta_L>\Lambda_{H2}ΔL​>ΛH2​ in γ\gammaγ.

The source is the SSRN author copy of the paper (version of 2023-11-29); all page numbers are its printed pages, and the proof the milestones come from is in its Appendix.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, The Voice of Customers in Customization, Management Science. doi:10.1287/mnsc.2021.04025. Author copy: SSRN working paper 3994319, version of 2023-11-29, ssrn.com/abstract=3994319.
  • Vincent P. Crawford and Joel Sobel, Strategic Information Transmission, Econometrica 50(6), 1982. doi:10.2307/1913390.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement? IV: When Pricing Postponement Helps or Hurts the Retailer, the Supplier and the ConsumersResearch Paper

Motivation

Production in agriculture, semiconductors, pharmaceuticals and many other industries suffers from random yield: only a random fraction of a planned production run turns out usable. When a retailer buys from such a supplier, someone in the chain bears the risk that less arrives than was ordered. Geng, Guo, Xiao and Yang (SSRN 3546872; Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 25(3), 2023, doi:10.1287/msom.2022.0198) study two levers a retailer can pull to push that risk away from itself. Payment postponement means paying only for what is delivered rather than for what was ordered. Pricing postponement means fixing the retail price after the delivery is known rather than committing to it in advance. Both are common in practice, and their effect on the other members of the chain, the supplier and the end consumers, is not obvious: shifting risk changes the supplier's wholesale price and production, and so everyone's payoff.

This mission formalizes the paper's answer for pricing postponement (its Proposition 5): when does moving from ex ante to responsive pricing make the supplier, the retailer and the consumers all better off, and when does it hurt the supplier?

Setting

A supplier sells one product to a retailer, who sells it in a market with linear demand d(p)=a−bpd(p) = a - bpd(p)=a−bp, a,b>0a, b > 0a,b>0, and inverse demand p(t)=(a−t)/bp(t) = (a-t)/bp(t)=(a−t)/b. The supplier plans a production quantity QQQ at unit cost ccc, but only YQYQYQ is realized, where the yield factor YYY equals 111 with probability θ\thetaθ and α\alphaα with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, for α,θ∈(0,1)\alpha, \theta \in (0,1)α,θ∈(0,1). Write μ=α(1−θ)+θ\mu = \alpha(1-\theta)+\thetaμ=α(1−θ)+θ for the mean yield. The retailer orders qqq and receives q^=min⁡{YQ,q}\hat q = \min\{YQ, q\}q^​=min{YQ,q}.

There are four scenarios. Under pay-by-order (O) the retailer pays wqwqwq; the supplier then produces exactly Q=qQ = qQ=q. Under pay-by-delivery (D) it pays wmin⁡{YQ,q}w\min\{YQ,q\}wmin{YQ,q}, and the supplier may inflate production above qqq. Under ex ante pricing (A) the retailer commits to a price ppp when it orders; under responsive pricing (R) it sets ppp after observing q^\hat qq^​, maximizing pmin⁡{d(p),q^}p\min\{d(p),\hat q\}pmin{d(p),q^​}. In each of OA, OR, DA, DR the supplier first sets the wholesale price www, the retailer then orders (and, ex ante, prices), the supplier chooses QQQ, the yield is drawn, and under responsive pricing the price is set last. Both firms are risk-neutral. Admissible actions are 0<p<a/b0 < p < a/b0<p<a/b, q≥0q \ge 0q≥0, Q≥0Q \ge 0Q≥0, and c<w<a/bc < w < a/bc<w<a/b (pay-by-order) or c/μ<w<a/bc/\mu < w < a/bc/μ<w<a/b (pay-by-delivery); costs range over 0<c<aμ/b0 < c < a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b.

The solution concept is subgame-perfect equilibrium. Its outcome is the triple (πRk,πSk,CSk)(\pi^k_R, \pi^k_S, CS^k)(πRk​,πSk​,CSk) of the retailer's and supplier's expected profits and the expected consumer surplus CSk=E S(p,q^)CS^k = \mathbb E\,\mathcal S(p,\hat q)CSk=ES(p,q^​), with

S(p,X)=∫0min⁡{d(p),X}(p(t)−p) dt.\mathcal S(p,X) = \int_0^{\min\{d(p),X\}} \big(p(t)-p\big)\,dt .S(p,X)=∫0min{d(p),X}​(p(t)−p)dt.

The paper derives each scenario's equilibrium in closed form, piecewise in ccc, with thresholds such as c1OA,c2OA,cOR,c1DRc^{OA}_1, c^{OA}_2, c^{OR}, c^{DR}_1c1OA​,c2OA​,cOR,c1DR​ (its Lemmas 1–4 and Appendix B).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

(O) Pay-by-order, any α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1). Comparing equilibria of OA and OR:

max⁡{cOR,c2OA,0}<c<abμ  ⟹  πROA<πROR, πSOA<πSOR, CSOA<CSOR;\max\{c^{OR}, c^{OA}_2, 0\} < c < \tfrac ab\mu \;\Longrightarrow\; \pi^{OA}_R < \pi^{OR}_R,\ \pi^{OA}_S < \pi^{OR}_S,\ CS^{OA} < CS^{OR};max{cOR,c2OA​,0}<c<ba​μ⟹πROA​<πROR​, πSOA​<πSOR​, CSOA<CSOR;

an increasing function Θ(α)\Theta(\alpha)Θ(α) such that θ<Θ(α)\theta < \Theta(\alpha)θ<Θ(α) implies c1OA>C~>0c^{OA}_1 > \tilde C > 0c1OA​>C~>0 and the same triple of increases on C~<c<c1OA\tilde C < c < c^{OA}_1C~<c<c1OA​; and, if cOR>0c^{OR} > 0cOR>0,

0<c<min⁡{cOR,c1OA}  ⟹  πROA<πROR, πSOR<πSOA, CSOA<CSOR.0 < c < \min\{c^{OR}, c^{OA}_1\} \;\Longrightarrow\; \pi^{OA}_R < \pi^{OR}_R,\ \pi^{OR}_S < \pi^{OA}_S,\ CS^{OA} < CS^{OR}.0<c<min{cOR,c1OA​}⟹πROA​<πROR​, πSOR​<πSOA​, CSOA<CSOR.

(D) Pay-by-delivery, α≥9/16\alpha \ge 9/16α≥9/16. Comparing equilibria of DA and DR: all three quantities strictly increase for c1DR<c<aμ/bc^{DR}_1 < c < a\mu/bc1DR​<c<aμ/b, and all three are unchanged for 0<c<c1DR0 < c < c^{DR}_10<c<c1DR​.

Milestones

The equilibrium of each scenario (Lemmas 1–4, with existence and uniqueness of the outcome on each open piece of ccc), the two last-stage responses (production (4) and the ex post price (5)), Lemma 2(i) (when cOR≥0c^{OR} \ge 0cOR≥0), the threshold claim behind (O)(ii) (θ<Θ(α)⇒c1OA>C~>0\theta < \Theta(\alpha) \Rightarrow c^{OA}_1 > \tilde C > 0θ<Θ(α)⇒c1OA​>C~>0 and cOR<C~c^{OR} < \tilde CcOR<C~), and the ordering c1DR<c2DR<cDAc^{DR}_1 < c^{DR}_2 < c^{DA}c1DR​<c2DR​<cDA for α≥9/16\alpha \ge 9/16α≥9/16.

Significance

The result. Proposition 5 shows that pricing postponement can be a Pareto improvement for the entire chain, consumers included, and identifies where: at high or intermediate production cost under pay-by-order, and above c1DRc^{DR}_1c1DR​ under pay-by-delivery. It also identifies the one place where it is not: under pay-by-order, low cost, and severe and likely yield loss, the retailer gains at the supplier's expense, because it orders a large quantity at a low wholesale price. Under pay-by-delivery and low cost, pricing postponement changes nothing, since the supplier already absorbs the yield risk by inflating production. These statements feed the paper's managerial conclusions on when a retailer facing unreliable supply should adopt flexible pricing and how this affects its supplier.

Formalizing it. The paper proves its lemmas by "the results in Appendix B" and its propositions as "straightforward comparisons". A machine-checked development would make the backward induction itself explicit: four three-stage games, each with kinks in the production and order responses and boundary optima of the wholesale price. Drafting this mission already turned up four printed slips: a consumer-surplus denominator in Appendix B.1 (8bα38b\alpha^38bα3 for 8bα28b\alpha^28bα2), a consumer-surplus value in Appendix B.4 that no single equilibrium produces, a production tie rule under which scenario DR has no equilibrium on an interval of costs, and swapped labels in display (2). None of them changes Proposition 5. To our knowledge, none of the paper's results has been formalized.

Difficulty

Once Lemmas 1–4 are known, each comparison in Proposition 5 is algebra between explicit pieces. The work is in Lemmas 1–4. The obvious approach, maximizing each stage's closed-form objective, does not suffice. The equilibrium must be optimal in every subgame, including order quantities and wholesale prices never played. The objectives are only piecewise smooth, so the maximizer often sits at a kink: at w=w^w = \hat ww=w^ in scenario OA, the retailer is indifferent between inflating its order and not; at w=c/(α(1−θ))w = c/(\alpha(1-\theta))w=c/(α(1−θ)) in scenario DR, the supplier is indifferent between inflating production and not, and the supplier's value is discontinuous there. Existence of an equilibrium in DR on (c1DR,c2DR)(c^{DR}_1, c^{DR}_2)(c1DR​,c2DR​) depends on how that tie is resolved. On top of this come inequalities between thresholds involving nested square roots, e.g. cOR<C~c^{OR} < \tilde CcOR<C~ under θ<Θ(α)\theta < \Theta(\alpha)θ<Θ(α), and the monotonicity of Θ\ThetaΘ.

Formalization scope

Everything is finite-dimensional real arithmetic: Ef(Y)=θf(1)+(1−θ)f(α)\mathbb E f(Y) = \theta f(1) + (1-\theta)f(\alpha)Ef(Y)=θf(1)+(1−θ)f(α), with no measure theory. The cost ccc is a separate argument, and every threshold depends on (a,b,α,θ)(a,b,\alpha,\theta)(a,b,α,θ) only. The standing assumptions are a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0, α,θ∈(0,1)\alpha,\theta\in(0,1)α,θ∈(0,1) and 0<c<aμ/b0<c<a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b, the paper's (1) and (3). Strategies are functions of everything observed before the move. Optimality is required at every node. Under pay-by-order Q=qQ = qQ=q, as the model prescribes. Conventions committed to, all disclosed in the items:

  • when the supplier is indifferent between producing qqq and inflating, it produces qqq;
  • consumer surplus uses the ex post price under OR/DR and the committed price under OA/DA;
  • c2OAc^{OA}_2c2OA​ is the larger root of an explicit quadratic, identified with the paper's "second root" of a quartic;
  • C~\tilde CC~ is the explicit (6), and Θ\ThetaΘ is the explicit formula of the proof, with its monotonicity part of the goal;
  • lemmas are stated on open intervals of ccc, because at a threshold the outcome is not unique;
  • the consumer-surplus values of Appendix B.1 (middle piece) and B.4 (middle piece) are corrected to the equilibrium values.

The profits are the outcomes of equilibria of the game, not the closed forms of Appendix B. The goal also asserts that equilibria exist for every admissible cost, so it cannot hold vacuously through an unsatisfiable equilibrium predicate.

Contributions welcome: the last-stage lemmas (4) and (5), the threshold inequalities, the scenario equilibria (Lemmas 1–4), and the goal. The equilibrium framework is shared with the three sibling missions on Propositions 2, 3 and 4 of the same paper.

Selected references

  • X. Geng, X. Guo, G. Xiao, N. Yang, Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement?, SSRN 3546872 (author version, 2022); Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 25(3), 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3546872, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2022.0198
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Subset Selection with Shrinkage: Sparse Linear Modeling When the SNR Is Low I: The Discrete First-Order Algorithm Is a Descent Method Whose Successive Steps Shrink at Rate O(1/M)Research Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection fits a linear model y≈Xβy\approx X\betay≈Xβ using at most kkk of the ppp available features: it minimizes the residual sum of squares subject to the sparsity constraint ∥β∥0≤k\|\beta\|_0\le k∥β∥0​≤k, where ∥β∥0\|\beta\|_0∥β∥0​ counts the nonzero coordinates of β\betaβ. Mazumder, Radchenko and Dedieu (arXiv:1708.03288v4; Operations Research, 2023) show that best subsets overfits when the signal-to-noise ratio is low, and propose adding a shrinkage penalty λ∥β∥q\lambda\|\beta\|_qλ∥β∥q​ with q∈{1,2}q\in\{1,2\}q∈{1,2} to the same constrained problem. Their statistical results (oracle inequalities, a lower bound for best subsets, a BIC-type choice of kkk) are the subject of the companion missions II–VI of this series.

The estimator is a mixed-integer program. To compute it in practice, and to warm-start the mixed-integer solver that certifies optimality, the paper uses a discrete first-order (DFO) method: a proximal-gradient iteration in which the proximal step is a projection-like operation onto the set of kkk-sparse vectors with a norm penalty. The method descends from iterative hard thresholding (Blumensath & Davies, 2009), from proximal gradient methods for composite problems (Nesterov, 2013), and from the discrete first-order algorithms of Bertsimas, King and Mazumder (Annals of Statistics, 2016). This mission formalizes the paper's convergence guarantee for it, Proposition 2.

Setting

Vectors live in Rp\mathbb R^pRp with the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​. Write ∥β∥0\|\beta\|_0∥β∥0​ for the number of nonzero coordinates and ∥β∥1=∑i∣βi∣\|\beta\|_1=\sum_i|\beta_i|∥β∥1​=∑i​∣βi​∣. For q∈{1,2}q\in\{1,2\}q∈{1,2} the penalty is the norm ∥β∥q\|\beta\|_q∥β∥q​ itself, not its qqq-th power.

Let f:Rp→Rf:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rf:Rp→R be a differentiable convex function whose gradient is L0L_0L0​-Lipschitz:

∥∇f(β)−∇f(α)∥2≤L0∥β−α∥2∀ β,α.\|\nabla f(\beta)-\nabla f(\alpha)\|_2\le L_0\|\beta-\alpha\|_2\qquad\forall\,\beta,\alpha .∥∇f(β)−∇f(α)∥2​≤L0​∥β−α∥2​∀β,α.

The motivating case is f(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22f(\beta)=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2f(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​ with L0=σmax⁡(X)2L_0=\sigma_{\max}(X)^2L0​=σmax​(X)2. The composite problem (7) is

minimizeF(β):=f(β)+λ∥β∥qs.t.∥β∥0≤k.\text{minimize}\quad F(\beta):=f(\beta)+\lambda\|\beta\|_q\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\|\beta\|_0\le k .minimizeF(β):=f(β)+λ∥β∥q​s.t.∥β∥0​≤k.

For L∈RL\in\mathbb RL∈R the quadratic model of fff around α\alphaα is

QL(β;α)=f(α)+⟨∇f(α),β−α⟩+L2∥β−α∥22,Q_L(\beta;\alpha)=f(\alpha)+\langle\nabla f(\alpha),\beta-\alpha\rangle+\tfrac L2\|\beta-\alpha\|_2^2 ,QL​(β;α)=f(α)+⟨∇f(α),β−α⟩+2L​∥β−α∥22​,

and the thresholding operator is the set of minimizers

S(u;k;μℓq)=arg min⁡∥b∥0≤k 12∥b−u∥22+μ∥b∥q,\mathrm S(u;k;\mu\ell_q)=\operatorname*{arg\,min}_{\|b\|_0\le k}\ \tfrac12\|b-u\|_2^2+\mu\|b\|_q ,S(u;k;μℓq​)=∥b∥0​≤kargmin​ 21​∥b−u∥22​+μ∥b∥q​,

which can contain several points when the ∣uj∣|u_j|∣uj​∣ have ties. A DFO sequence with constant L>0L>0L>0 starts at a kkk-sparse β(1)\beta^{(1)}β(1) and, for m≥1m\ge1m≥1, picks any

β(m+1)∈S(β(m)−1L∇f(β(m)); k; λLℓq).\beta^{(m+1)}\in\mathrm S\Big(\beta^{(m)}-\tfrac1L\nabla f(\beta^{(m)});\,k;\,\tfrac\lambda L\ell_q\Big).β(m+1)∈S(β(m)−L1​∇f(β(m));k;Lλ​ℓq​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 10)

Assume in addition f≥0f\ge0f≥0 and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0. For every DFO sequence:

(a) if L≥L0L\ge L_0L≥L0​, then F(β(m))F(\beta^{(m)})F(β(m)) is non-increasing in m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and converges to some F∗≥0F^*\ge0F∗≥0;

(b) if L>L0L>L_0L>L0​, then for every M≥1M\ge1M≥1

min⁡1≤m≤M∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22≤2(F(β(1))−F∗)M(L−L0).\min_{1\le m\le M}\|\beta^{(m+1)}-\beta^{(m)}\|_2^2\le\frac{2\big(F(\beta^{(1)})-F^*\big)}{M(L-L_0)} .1≤m≤Mmin​∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22​≤M(L−L0​)2(F(β(1))−F∗)​.

The statement holds for any fff of the stated class and any choice in the set-valued operator; nothing about least squares is assumed.

Milestones (proof in Supplement A.1, p. 35)

  1. (9), p. 8: f(β)≤QL(β;α)f(\beta)\le Q_L(\beta;\alpha)f(β)≤QL​(β;α) for all α,β\alpha,\betaα,β and every L≥L0L\ge L_0L≥L0​, the bound the paper takes from Nesterov (2004).
  2. (20)–(21), p. 35: completing the square, QL(η,β)+λ∥η∥q=L2∥η−(β−1L∇f(β))∥22−12L∥∇f(β)∥22+f(β)+λ∥η∥qQ_L(\eta,\beta)+\lambda\|\eta\|_q=\tfrac L2\|\eta-(\beta-\tfrac1L\nabla f(\beta))\|_2^2-\tfrac1{2L}\|\nabla f(\beta)\|_2^2+f(\beta)+\lambda\|\eta\|_qQL​(η,β)+λ∥η∥q​=2L​∥η−(β−L1​∇f(β))∥22​−2L1​∥∇f(β)∥22​+f(β)+λ∥η∥q​. Hence the minimizers of QL(⋅,β)+λ∥⋅∥qQ_L(\cdot,\beta)+\lambda\|\cdot\|_qQL​(⋅,β)+λ∥⋅∥q​ over ∥η∥0≤k\|\eta\|_0\le k∥η∥0​≤k are exactly S(β−1L∇f(β);k;λLℓq)\mathrm S(\beta-\tfrac1L\nabla f(\beta);k;\tfrac\lambda L\ell_q)S(β−L1​∇f(β);k;Lλ​ℓq​).
  3. (22), p. 35: for ∥β∥0≤k\|\beta\|_0\le k∥β∥0​≤k and η^\hat\etaη^​ in that set, F(β)≥L−L02∥η^−β∥22+F(η^)F(\beta)\ge\tfrac{L-L_0}2\|\hat\eta-\beta\|_2^2+F(\hat\eta)F(β)≥2L−L0​​∥η^​−β∥22​+F(η^​).
  4. (23) and the next display, p. 35: summed over m=1,…,Mm=1,\dots,Mm=1,…,M,
F(β(1))−F(β(M+1))≥M(L−L0)2min⁡m≤M∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22.F(\beta^{(1)})-F(\beta^{(M+1)})\ge\tfrac{M(L-L_0)}2\min_{m\le M}\|\beta^{(m+1)}-\beta^{(m)}\|_2^2 .F(β(1))−F(β(M+1))≥2M(L−L0​)​m≤Mmin​∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22​.
  1. Proposition 1, p. 9 (companion, not used by the goal): every β^∈S(u;k;λℓq)\hat\beta\in\mathrm S(u;k;\lambda\ell_q)β^​∈S(u;k;λℓq​) keeps the kkk largest entries of uuu in magnitude, for some ordering of ties. For q=1q=1q=1 it soft-thresholds them coordinatewise, and for q=2q=2q=2 it shrinks them as a group by max⁡{τu−λ,0}/τu\max\{\tau_u-\lambda,0\}/\tau_umax{τu​−λ,0}/τu​, with τu\tau_uτu​ the norm of those kkk entries.

Significance

Proposition 2 is what makes the DFO method a sound component of the paper's computational pipeline. The objective values never increase, so every iterate is a feasible point at least as good as the warm start. Part (b) says that the step length ∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22\|\beta^{(m+1)}-\beta^{(m)}\|_2^2∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22​ is small after O(1/ϵ)O(1/\epsilon)O(1/ϵ) iterations. A point whose step vanishes is a fixed point of the update, which the paper calls a first-order stationary point (Definition 1). The stopping rule of the algorithm (∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22≤τ\|\beta^{(m+1)}-\beta^{(m)}\|_2^2\le\tau∥β(m+1)−β(m)∥22​≤τ) is therefore reached in at most ⌈2(F(β(1))−F∗)/(τ(L−L0))⌉\lceil 2(F(\beta^{(1)})-F^*)/(\tau(L-L_0))\rceil⌈2(F(β(1))−F∗)/(τ(L−L0​))⌉ steps.

The result is proved in the paper, in half a page that defers its central inequality (22) to Proposition 6 of Bertsimas, King & Mazumder (2016). It has not been formalized. A machine-checked version produces three reusable pieces: a descent lemma for functions with Lipschitz gradient on Rp\mathbb R^pRp, the variational characterization of the sparse proximal step, and a sufficient-decrease-to-rate argument for any descent method. These are the same pieces that iterative hard thresholding, proximal gradient, and block-coordinate methods for ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​ problems need.

Difficulty

The difficulty is moderate, and it lies in the infrastructure rather than in any single step. The descent lemma (9) needs the fundamental theorem of calculus along a segment for a function on a Euclidean space, combined with the Lipschitz bound on the gradient. The feasible set {∥β∥0≤k}\{\|\beta\|_0\le k\}{∥β∥0​≤k} is not convex, so no convex-analysis argument (subgradient optimality, firm nonexpansiveness of a proximal map) applies to the thresholding step. Inequality (22) must instead be obtained by comparing the minimizer η^\hat\etaη^​ with the feasible competitor β\betaβ itself, which is why the hypothesis ∥β∥0≤k\|\beta\|_0\le k∥β∥0​≤k appears. Part (a) also needs a lower bound on FFF for its limit to exist and be nonnegative, which the general class of fff does not provide on its own.

Formalization scope

Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), the gradient is Mathlib's gradient f, and coordinates are 000-based. Membership in S(u;k;μℓq)\mathrm S(u;k;\mu\ell_q)S(u;k;μℓq​) is a predicate: feasibility plus minimality against every kkk-sparse competitor. No selection from the set is fixed, and existence of minimizers is not assumed. A DFO sequence is any β : ℕ → ℝᵖ satisfying the update for every m≥1m\ge1m≥1, indexed from 111 as printed. The stopping rule and the support-restricted polishing Step 2 are not part of it. The penalty is ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ for q=1q=1q=1 and the Euclidean norm for q=2q=2q=2, and every theorem assumes q∈{1,2}q\in\{1,2\}q∈{1,2} and k≥1k\ge1k≥1. The minimum over 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M is a finite infimum over a nonempty index set.

Three hypotheses are added to Proposition 2 as printed, each disclosed in the item. The proof's claim "F(β)≥0F(\beta)\ge0F(β)≥0" is false for a general convex fff with Lipschitz gradient (f(β)=−β1f(\beta)=-\beta_1f(β)=−β1​ sends FFF to −∞-\infty−∞), so f≥0f\ge0f≥0 and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 are assumed. The update divides by LLL, and L≥L0L\ge L_0L≥L0​ allows L=0L=0L=0, so L>0L>0L>0 is assumed. "Decreasing" is read as non-increasing. Convexity of fff is kept as in the paper's setting (7)–(8), though only the gradient bound is used. Proposition 1 is stated with an existential ordering: for a fixed sorting permutation the printed claim fails under ties.

The statement cannot be trivialized by restricting fff or the run. The goal quantifies over every fff of the class and every sequence obeying the update, the limit F∗F^*F∗ in (b) is the actual limit of the objective values, and the rate holds for every M≥1M\ge1M≥1. Not formalized here: the mixed-integer formulations, the continuation and local-search heuristics of §2.4, Definition 1, and the paper's statistical results (missions II–VI). Contributions of reusable infrastructure, such as a general descent lemma or a lemma turning summed decrease into a 1/M1/M1/M rate, are welcome as separate theorems.

Selected references

  • R. Mazumder, P. Radchenko, A. Dedieu, Subset Selection with Shrinkage: Sparse Linear Modeling When the SNR Is Low, arXiv:1708.03288v4, 2022; Operations Research 71(1), 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1708.03288v4
  • D. Bertsimas, A. King, R. Mazumder, Best Subset Selection via a Modern Optimization Lens, Annals of Statistics 44(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOS1388
  • Y. Nesterov, Gradient Methods for Minimizing Composite Functions, Mathematical Programming 140, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0629-5
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • T. Blumensath, M. E. Davies, Iterative Hard Thresholding for Compressed Sensing, Applied and Computational Harmonic Analysis 27(3), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.acha.2009.04.002
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 28 of 90Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me